diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source')
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/grphcomp.err | 1135 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lb2.err | 1088 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/manual.err | 350 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/tlc2.err | 4499 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcomp.err | 300 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcompg.err | 392 |
6 files changed, 7764 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/grphcomp.err b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/grphcomp.err new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0db15e4f807 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/grphcomp.err @@ -0,0 +1,1135 @@ +\newcommand\erratafiledate{2002/02/25} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through +% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and +% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify +% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata +% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the +% .cfg file. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\begin{filecontents}{errata.cls} +% Copyright (C) 1997, Frank Mittelbach + +\ProvidesClass{errata} + [1997/12/31 v0.6b Mini class for errata files subject to change (FMi)] + +\LoadClass{article} + +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1} +\addtolength\textwidth{5cm} +\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm} + +\addtolength\textheight{36pt} + +\RequirePackage{shortvrb} +\MakeShortVerb{\|} + +\RequirePackage{array,longtable} +\RequirePackage{multicol} + + +\newcommand\erratagetnumber{} +\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3} + + +\newcommand\gobbleerrata{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup + \let\endgobble\egroup + \let\hideamp\relax + \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par} + +\newcommand*\hideamp{&} + +\let\endgobble\relax + + +\newcommand\erratastartdate{} +\newcommand\myprinting{} + + +\newcommand\doweprint[2]{% + \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else#2 \fi + \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber < + \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax + \@tempswatrue + \else + \@tempswafalse + \fi + \else + \@tempswafalse + \fi +} + + + +\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate} +\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and} + +\newcommand\showallerrors{% + \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}% + \renewcommand\printedentries{up to} + \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}} + + +\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{% + \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi} + +\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{% + \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}} + +\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg} + { + \input{\jobname.cfg} + \typeout{***************************************************} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found } + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing} + \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision} + \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date} + \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* Current settings are:} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting} + \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{***************************************************} + } + {} + +%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision> + +\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{% + \endgobble + \doweprint{#4}{#5}% + \if@tempswa + \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \else + \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \expandafter\gobbleerrata + \fi + \hideamp \\% + \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} + \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp +} + +\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble + &\\[4pt]% + \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\} + +\newenvironment{erratalist} + {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}} + {\endgobble\end{longtable}} + +\newcommand\erratatitle[2] + {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries + Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt] + \large Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2 + \end{center}% + \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}% + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \vspace{20pt}} + +\pagestyle{myheadings} + +\AtBeginDocument{\small} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{2pt} + +\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par} + +% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands: + +\let\u\underline +\renewcommand\>{$\to$} + +\end{filecontents} + + +\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg} +% +% +% Configuration file for the errata listing of +% +% The LaTeX Graphics Companion +% +% +% \erratastartdate +% +% Specifies the date from which on +% errata entries should be listed. +% +% The format is YYYY/MM/DD. +% +% The default below ensures that all +% entries are typeset. +% +\renewcommand\erratastartdate{1997/03/01} + +% +% \myprinting +% +% Specifies which (revised) printing you +% own. For example, if you have the second +% printing set this to 2 so that errors +% already corrected in that printing will not +% appear in your errata listing. +% +% The default below ensures that all +% entries are typeset. +% +\renewcommand\myprinting{1} +% +% +% \norevisionnumbers +% +% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same +% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed +% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in +% italic and add the revision number as a superscript. +% +% +% \showallerrors +% +% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are +% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and +% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by +% default. +% +% +\endinput +\end{filecontents} + + + +\documentclass{errata} + + +\begin{document} + +\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Graphics Companion}{\erratafiledate} + + +\begin{verbatim} +@book(A-W:GMR97, + author = {Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and + Frank Mittelbach}, + title = {The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion}, + substitle = {Illustrating Documents with {\TeX} and PostScript}, + series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + address = {Reading, Massachusetts}, + year = 1997, + ISBN = "0-201-85469-4", + LCCN = "Z253.4.L38G663 1997", + pagenums = {xxv + 554}, + source-infos = {yes}, + bibliography = {yes}, + index = {yes}, + price = "US\$39.75", +) +\end{verbatim} + +\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{5cm}} +\item[] +The latest version of this file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found +as part of the \LaTeX{} distribution. + +The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata +entry. Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed +revision in which this entry was corrected. The second column gives +the precise location, negative line numbers are counted from the +bottom of the page. The third column shows the first finder of the +problem. + +\end{list} + + +\begin{erratalist} + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{General } + +\erroronpage{}{}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{} + We should give back references from plates to pages with the + original examples + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Front matter } + +\erroronpage{xxiii}{l.8}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + that can't be the correct hyphenation, can it? unpara-lleled? + American english: un-par-al-leled + British english: un-pa-ral-lelled + +\erroronpage{}{}{FMi,SPQR}{1999/03/11}{} + Add the following information: + +In order to save space on the pages, and make the example +code look less cluttered, we do not print self-contained code. +This means that you can not simply type in what you read, and feed it +to \LaTeX, or the other programs. In particular, we omit: +\begin{quote} + |\documentclass...| (\LaTeX) \\ + |\begin{document}| and |\end{document}| (\LaTeX) \\ + |beginfig...| and |endfig| (Metapost) \\ + |input graph| (Metapost \S3.3.1) \\ + |input boxes| (Metapost \S3.3.2) +\end{quote} + +However, we do always show \LaTeX{} |\usepackage| declarations as it +is not always obvious which packages have to be loaded. + +If you have trouble reproducing one of the examples you should get +the example files from CTAN, which are all self-contained runnable +examples. + + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Chapter 1 } + +\erroronpage{4}{l.2 of bulleted item}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{} + in form \> in the form + +\erroronpage{4}{l.-7}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{} + surprisingly \> surprising + +\erroronpage{5}{last para, l.2}{VSc}{1997/06/12}{2} + Delete second "the" in: is perhaps the the most flexible one + +\erroronpage{18}{l.-7}{AMM}{1998/11/11}{} + to define an specialized \> to define a specialized + +\erroronpage{20}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + PSTricks packages most of \> PSTricks packages offer most of + +\erroronpage{20}{l.16}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{} + Hewlett Package \> Hewlett-Packard + +\erroronpage{21}{fig. 1.19}{AMM}{1998/11/11}{} + The explanation of plot lines ('decade.*') are awfully positioned + over the plot (this is the default positioning, perhaps a different + set of data sould be selected). + +\erroronpage{22}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + delete second `with' in ``with with the troff program.'' + +\erroronpage{22}{l.16}{PMcJ}{1998/06/13}{} + \texttt{.PE} statement \> a \texttt{.PE} command + +\erroronpage{25}{l.-10}{AMM}{1998/11/11}{} + AutoCAD for archaeologists \> AutoCAD for designers + (archaeologists are very very special users of AutoCAD, which is + much more popular among architects or engineers) + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Chapter 2 } + +\erroronpage{29}{l.-2}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + add comma: TIFF\u{,} PCX + +\erroronpage{33}{keepaspectratio}{JOl}{1997/10/31}{} + Replace ``the values'' by ``the value''. + suggestion: Replace ``above for defaults'' by ``above for the default''. + +\erroronpage{39}{line 5}{DCa}{1997/06/18}{2} + orient key should be origin key (as shown on previous line;-) + +\erroronpage{39}{2.2.4, 2 para}{JUl}{2000/10/18}{} + Add the following sentence: + The syntax for specifying directories is system dependent but + Windows and Unix implementations allow the use of |/| as a + directory separator, i.e., the above example should work on both + platforms. + + +\erroronpage{41}{table 2.2}{DCa}{1997/06/18}{2} + All the entries in the `ext' and `read-file' columns + ought to start with a `.', e.g., .ps .eps ... + +\erroronpage{41}{middle}{DCa}{1997/06/24}{2} + Example should read: +\begin{verbatim} + \DeclareGraphicsRule{.ps.gz}{eps}{.ps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1} +\end{verbatim} + +\erroronpage{43--44}{ex. 2-3-6 and 2-3-8}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + \verb|K\"oln| and \verb|Rh\^one| should be 8-bit markup + (the 7 bits syntax make TeX appear paleothic) + +\erroronpage{46}{fig 2.2}{JOl}{1997/10/31}{} + Replace ``centre'' by ``center'' to be consistent with the other two + ``center's'' in the figure. + +\erroronpage{49}{bottom}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + The definition of |\Bpara| doesn't show everything, add in front + |\newcommand\Bpara[4]{%| + and a closing |}| after |\end{picture}| + +\erroronpage{51}{bottom}{FMi} {1997/04/01}{2} + Add a comment about \texttt{clockwise} and \texttt{counterclockwise} + options to define the direction of rotation. + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Chapter 3 } + +\erroronpage{55}{l.13}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + Missing space before 0 + +\erroronpage{56}{l.2}{PMcJ}{1998/06/13}{} + a object \> an object + +\erroronpage{60}{l.8}{PMcJ}{1998/06/13}{} + an METAFONT \> a METAFONT + +\erroronpage{64}{l.6}{PMcJ,FMi}{1998/06/13}{} + is three real numbers between 0 and 1 for each read, green and blue, + \> \u{consists of} three real numbers between 0 and 1, + \u{corresponding to} red, green\u{,} and blue, + +\erroronpage{65}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + delete second `the' in ``to apply the the bbox command'' + +\erroronpage{75}{ex.3-3-9}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{} + Why is the first peak rotated to the left? printing problem? + MP problem? or what? --- actually seems to be a data problem + +\erroronpage{93}{l.7}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + Marek Ry{\'c}ko Jackowski (1995) \> + Marek Ry{\'c}ko (Jackowski 1995) + +\erroronpage{93}{l.12}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + METAFONT code, , and \> + METAFONT code, \texttt{mftops.mf}, and + +\erroronpage{94}{l.7}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + Second ref to Fig.~3.3 should reference Fig.~3.4 instead + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Chapter 4 } + +\erroronpage{97}{l.-15}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + replace term ``curly brackets'' by ``braces'' (Commonwealth usage) + +\erroronpage{97}{l.-3}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + replace term ``curly brackets'' by ``braces'' (Commonwealth usage) + +\erroronpage{99}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + ``so that you can use polar coordinates \ldots'' + \> ``so that you can use several other powerful systems of coordinate + specification, such as polar coordinates \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{100}{ex. 4-2-5}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +\begin{verbatim}\psset{dimen=inner} + \psframe + (1,1)(4,4) +\end{verbatim} +would be better expressed as \verb|\psframe[dimen=inner](1,1)(4,4)| + +\erroronpage{100}{middle}{AMM}{1998/4/17}{} + Avoid line breaking after Chapter: ``\verb+Chapter~2+''. + +\erroronpage{100}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + ``we recommend that \LaTeX{} users stick with the color package'' +--- note that `color' is available with `plain' also. + +\erroronpage{100--101}{ex 4-3-1}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +The \verb|\psclip ... \endpsclip| +syntax is not coherent with the choice made for pspicture on page 97. +It should be \verb|\begin{psclip}| +\ldots \verb|\end{psclip}|, with a note + like ``The special \LaTeX{} environment (plain \TeX{} users must code + \verb|\Environment_name| ... \verb|\endEnvironment_name|)'' + +\erroronpage{101}{4}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +analagous \> analogous + +\erroronpage{102}{l.4}{UMu,FMi}{1997/07/18}{2} + Replace para by: + This places \textit{stuff} in the direction \textit{refangle} at a + distance of \textit{labelsep} from $(x,y)$. If \textit{labelsep} + is not specified the current value of |\labelsep| (defaults to 5pt + in standard \LaTeX) is used. Since angles are \ldots + +\erroronpage{104}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +replace first `each' with `at' in ``print a dot each each of the'' + +\erroronpage{104}{ex.4-4-4 to 4-4-7}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{} + Missing refs to plates IIa-d + +\erroronpage{106}{Table 4.4}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + diamond and diamond* results are the wrong way around + (it was an old bug corrected by DGi March 18, 1997) + +\erroronpage{107}{ex.4-5-2}{PGu}{1999/01/28}{} + |\usepackage{pstricks}| \> |\usepackage{pstcol}| + +\erroronpage{110}{ex.4-5-13}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + Missing |\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}| |\usepackage{ps-text}| + declaration on top of example + +\erroronpage{114--120}{ex.4-6-1 up to 4-6-23}{UMu}{1997/07/18}{2} + Change |\usepackage {pstricks}| to |\usepackage {pstricks,pst-node}| + +\erroronpage{115}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + ``describing the matrix and tree package' can be confusing as the reader + may believe that there is a `matrix' package---perhaps + ``describing the matrix environment and tree package'' + +\erroronpage{124}{ex.4-6-32}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + Missing ref to plate VIb + +\erroronpage{125}{l.2}{TRa}{1997/04/28}{2} + replace: successive columns to overlap + +\erroronpage{128}{ex. 4-6-39}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +Avoid 7-bit coding, use 8-bit + +\erroronpage{133}{l.2}{RFa}{1997/04/14}{2} + Narrative says that the curves are $\sin(x)$, $\sin(x^2)$ and $\cos(x)$. + Code says |<x dup sin exch cos mul>|, which isn't $\sin(x^2)$, it's + $\sin(x)\cos(x)$ (aka $0.5 \sin(2x)$) + +\erroronpage{134}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + ``(written in sh and awk, it is called pie-chart.sh and can be found in + the PSTricks distribution.)'' +Note that it will be soon be reissued as \> PstChart, written in Perl. + +\erroronpage{137}{ex.4-8-4}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{} + Missing ref to plate IVa + +\erroronpage{145}{l.-7}{DCa}{1997/09/01}{2} + pstpoly \> pst-poly + +\erroronpage{146}{l.2}{DCa}{1997/09/01}{2} + pstpoly \> pst-poly + +\erroronpage{146}{ex. 4-10-7}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + \verb|\PstRegularPolygon| \> \verb|\PstPolygon|, + \verb|\RPolyCurves| \> \verb|\PolyCurves|, + \verb|\RPolyIntermediatePoint| \> \verb|IntermediatePoint|, + \verb|\RPolyNbSides| \> \verb|\PolyNbSides|, and + \verb|\RPolyOffet| \> \verb|\PolyOffet|. (changes in package) + +\erroronpage{154}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + pstVerb \> \verb|\pstVerb| + +\erroronpage{154}{l.-9}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + fi you need \> + if you need + +\erroronpage{155}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + delete \texttt{(x1,y1)} from end of psline entry + +\erroronpage{157}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +For gradbegin and gradend, note defaults of +0.0 0.1 0.95 and 0 1 1 (rbg values); default of gradlines would be 300 not 500 + +\erroronpage{157}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +add ``arrows==style'' + +\erroronpage{158}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +arrowlength default is 1.4 + +\erroronpage{158}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +arrowinset default is 0.4; +tbarsize default is 2pt 5; +bracketlength default is 0.15; +rbracketlength default is 0.15; +arrowscale default is 0.1. + +\erroronpage{159--160}{}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} + \verb|{text}| is very restrictive. In fact it can be a lot of other things. + \verb|stuff| in the PSTricks manual was clearer. + +\erroronpage{159}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +\verb|\Rnode(x,y){name}{text}| \> +\verb|\Rnode*[settings]{name}{text}| +(the syntax had changed in 1994) + +\erroronpage{160}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +ncdiag \verb|`rrows| \> `arrows' + +\erroronpage{163}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +insert: +\begin{verbatim} +\pcangles*[settings]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2) +\pcdiagg*[settings]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2) +\end{verbatim} + +\erroronpage{164}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +default for edge is \verb|\ncline| + +\erroronpage{165}{top}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +treenodes \> treenodesize + + +\erroronpage{165}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +psxlabel \> pshlabel (twice) + +\erroronpage{165}{bottom}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +psylabel \> psvlabel + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Chapter 5 } + +\erroronpage{170}{l.8}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + substract \> + subtract + +\erroronpage{181}{exa 5-5-4}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + The line from $L$ to $\Sigma^L$ in the upper left corner is too + long, and overlaps the first $L$. + +%\erroronpage{181}{exa 5-5-4}{EGu}{1997/08/10}{2} +% Top-left: The edge starts from coordinate (-1,-1) +% relative to L, instead of coordinate (?,1). +% Edges that go upward or leftward have arrows at +% their end, but not the edges that go downward +% or rightward. Is this purposely so? +% Bottom right: Dotted arrow touches the H + +\erroronpage{183}{exa 5-5-6}{EGu}{1997/08/10}{2} + The C / saved d[3] should be framed as well + +\erroronpage{188}{middle}{DGi}{1997/12/30}{} +assocated \> associated + +\erroronpage{202}{exa 3-3-33}{EGu}{1997/08/10}{2} + The labels can be better spaced within the + windows they get from the curves + +\erroronpage{203}{exa 3-3-34}{EGu}{1997/08/10}{2} + The labels can be better spaced within the + windows they get from the curves + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Chapter 6 } + +\erroronpage{206}{l.4}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{} + On the subject of typesetting rules for scientific texts, consider + adding a reference to Beccari (1997), TUGboat 18\#1, pp. 39--48, + which was published after the LGC, but should be a good reference + anyway. + +\erroronpage{206}{l.21}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{} + texts packages \> texts, packages + +\erroronpage{208}{l.-14}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + set of macros are needed \> + set of macros is needed + +\erroronpage{244}{table}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{} + The voltmeter symbol looks the same as that of the current source + one line above, so you probably got the wrong symbol. + + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Chapter 7 } + +\erroronpage{254}{l.7}{BLu}{1998/01/15}{} + missing space between `MuTeX' and `to' + +\erroronpage{257}{}{AMi}{1997/05/06}{2} + The clefs on the left of the staves and a few other symbols like + |\allabreve| are positioned too high on the staves. How that could + have happened is beyond me---on my last printout before the actual + printing it is correct (FMi) + +\erroronpage{259}{l.12}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + into an \texttt{music} \> + into a \texttt{music} + +\erroronpage{259}{-4}{JKr}{1998/08/26}{} + delete second ``with'' in ``with with + \texttt{\textbackslash r\ldots\ or \textbackslash l\ldots}'' + + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Chapter 8 } + +\erroronpage{278ff}{11}{MWa}{1998/03/26}{} + The chessfont used (chessf10) is not correct. The knight-character used +in the notation (not for the board) is supposed to look to the right, not +to the left. If one uses the font chess10f from the bdfchess-package and +renames it, that font is correct. + +\erroronpage{299}{l.-4}{JKr}{1998/08/31}{} + In the command description for |\whitepoint| and |\blackpoint| the position + and number of stones are reversed. Replace + \texttt{\{\textit{n}\}\{\textit{p}\}} with + \texttt{\{\textit{p}\}\{\textit{n}\}} twice. + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Color Plates } + +\erroronpage{Ic}{}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + $\approx$ sign missing in print + +\erroronpage{IIb}{}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + that plate doesn't correspond to original! + what kind of pink is this by the way? + +\erroronpage{IIc}{}{SPQR}{1997/04/01}{2} + the triangle has no fill + +\erroronpage{IIf}{}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{} + this plate does not correspond to any earlier example. seems + to be a combination of two examples in fact + +\erroronpage{IIIa}{}{SPQR}{1997/04/01}{2} + the circle has no fill + +\erroronpage{VIb}{}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{} + what kind of pink is that? + +\erroronpage{IX}{}{TJe}{1997/08/26}{} + "white" column, "Egypt" row: joie \> joy + +\erroronpage{XVII}{}{MGo}{1997/08/31}{} + the horizontal lines should be normal width (.4pt) + +\erroronpage{XXI}{}{SPQR}{1997/04/01}{2} + This is nonsense, all the pics are the same!! they are + supposed to show progressive CMYK printing --- somebody thinking + very hard during the printing process? + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Chapter 9 } + +\erroronpage{312}{9.1.1, para 1, l.3 bottom}{MGo}{1997/07/02}{2} + ``Isacc Newton'' should be ``Isaac Newton'' + +\erroronpage{312}{9.1.1, para 2, l.4}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + Thomas Young, a\u{n} English doctor + +\erroronpage{313}{9.1.2, l.2}{JRi}{1998/04/28}{} + ``sub\u{s}tractive'' should be ``subtractive'' + +\erroronpage{313}{9.1.2, bullet 1, l.2}{MGo}{1997/07/02}{2} + ``output devide'' should be ``output device'' + +\erroronpage{313}{9.1.2, bullet 1, l.3}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + \textbf{Y}ellow, \u{B}lac\u{\textbf{k}} + +\erroronpage{313}{9.1.2, bullet 1, l.4}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + \textbf{B}rightness or \u{\textbf{V}}alue + +\erroronpage{313}{9.1.2, bullet 2, l.2}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + colo\u{rm}etric + +\erroronpage{313}{l.-2}{MGo}{1997/07/02}{2} + ``phosphoros'' should be ``phosphorous'' + +\erroronpage{340}{fig}{NBe,FMi}{1997/07/11}{2} +The difference between these 3 pagestyle examples are nearly +invisible (plain has a number at the bottom and align has a page +number on the top-left corner and position marks on the three others. + +\erroronpage{341}{l.-9}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + can contains \> + can contain + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Chapter 10 } + +%\erroronpage{354}{table}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{} +% Replace \textsf{lucbr} by \textsf{lucidabr} for latest PSNFSS? +% +% SPQR: not necessarily. they do different things. leave as is + +\erroronpage{355}{l.-5}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{} + Computer Modern, Euler Math, MathTime, and Lucida New Math. + \> Computer Modern, Concrete Math, Euler Math, MathTime, + and Lucida New Math. (See CTAN:fonts/concmath and + CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/supported/concmath) + +\erroronpage{355}{l.-2}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + none of Computer Modern, Euler Math or Lucida work \> + none of Computer Modern, Euler Math\u{,} or Lucida work\u{s} + +\erroronpage{359}{l.18}{AMM}{1998/11/30}{} + package file times.sty [the same typeface should be used] + +\erroronpage{362}{l.15}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + download \> + downloaded + +\erroronpage{362}{l.18}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + organized up \> + organized + +\erroronpage{362}{l.-10}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + (named \texttt{config.}\textit{Short Family Name} (e.g., \> + (named \texttt{config.}\textit{Short Family Name}, e.g., + +\erroronpage{362}{l.-10}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{} + Adobe Garamond's short name is \texttt{pag} \> \texttt{pgm} + (3 times) (\texttt{pag} is AvantGarde!) + +\erroronpage{362}{l.-3}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + discusses of how \> + discusses how + +\erroronpage{366}{l.24}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + 0.0777779 \> + 0.077779 + +\erroronpage{367}{l.14}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + Add `might': \ldots\ if any of them is zero it might be omitted. + +\erroronpage{368}{l.21}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + CHECKSUM \> + FONTCHECKSUM + +\erroronpage{382}{l.7}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + ``V\ldots'' should be italic not bold + +\erroronpage{382}{l.-11}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + an old distribution of \texttt{dvips}\u{).} + +\erroronpage{387}{l.17}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + are left undefined are for use \> + are left undefined for use + +\erroronpage{392}{para 5, l.10}{DCa,FMi}{1997/06/24}{2} + Add \verb=|= twice: \verb!one one |=:|>> exclam ;! + +\erroronpage{395}{l.-4}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + creates a \texttt{mtx} \> + creates an \texttt{mtx} + +\erroronpage{399}{l.-8}{DCa}{1997/06/30}{2} + Delete line as it is the same as code line nr 7. + +\erroronpage{400}{l.7}{DCa}{1997/06/30}{2} + Delete line as it is the same as code line nr 13. + +\erroronpage{401}{l.17}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + line numbering should continue with 10 + +\erroronpage{403}{l.5}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + line numbering should continue with 13 + +\erroronpage{405}{l.2}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{} + Is the overfull hbox in ``bold-face math italic'' intentional? + +\erroronpage{407}{l.8}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + applies \> + apply + +\erroronpage{411}{table 10.8}{SPQR}{1998/05/15}{} + Fontname code for ``hairline'' should be ``a'' not ``h''. + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Chapter 11 } + +\erroronpage{426}{table}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{} + The closing brace in the example about inserting literal + PostScript is misplaced. It probably should be: + |\special{"newpath 0 0 moveto 100 100 lineto stroke}| + +\erroronpage{429}{l.2}{WaS}{2000/09/19}{} + Slanting was forgotten; the complete example should read: +\begin{verbatim} +mbbbo8r Bembo-Bold " .167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont " <8r.enc <mbbb8a.pfb +\end{verbatim} + Replace \texttt{mbbb8r} with \texttt{mbbbo8r} accordingly in line~4. + +\erroronpage{434}{11.3, l.5}{BDr}{1997/06/26}{2} + to-to-bottom \> top-to-bottom + +\erroronpage{442}{11.4, l.3}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + a very few PostScript\u{ }Level 2 features + +\erroronpage{446}{l.-17}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + to these. so that \> + to these, so that + +\erroronpage{446}{l.-14}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + brackets \> + parentheses + +\erroronpage{448}{l.-4}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + \verb=doc\%02d.tif= \> + \verb=doc%02d.tif= + +\erroronpage{450}{l.8}{PKa}{1997/09/15}{} + \verb=-sShingling= \> + \verb=-dShingling= + +\erroronpage{450}{sec. 11.4.4}{UVi}{1997/12/16}{} + Mention the existance of \textsf{gv} by Johannes Plass, a recent + development derived from \textsf{GhostView} by Tim Theissen? + +\erroronpage{452}{l.-2}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + Use sans font throughout: \textsf{Adobe Illustrator 3} + +\erroronpage{454}{l.9}{AMM}{1998/12/09}{} + -Eextension \> -Eexpansion + +\erroronpage{461}{l.10}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + preceed \> + precede + + +\erroronpage{462}{}{DSe}{1998/12/18}{} + +Daniel Sebald suggested to explain in some detail how to use xfig with +\LaTeX. (So far we haven't checked this method.) He wrote: + +The following is a description of how to use xfig to generate +quality postscript pictures then incorporate \LaTeX{} text. It +is a bit of a round-about method, but not too bad given the +flexibility and quality of output. Furthermore, because in +this method basically the only \LaTeX{} picture element used +is text (lines, etc. are PostScript) \LaTeX{} runs more efficiently +than if only \LaTeX{} picture elements are used. + +\erroronpage{462}{continued}{DSe}{1998/12/18}{} +1. Draw the picture in xfig and change the font types to + "LaTeX fonts". Use the xfig export feature that will + output the nice quality lines, circles, etc. to a PostScript + file and export the \LaTeX{} fonts and locations to a + separate \LaTeX{} file. The option is called "Combined PS/LaTeX + (both parts)". (Remember you must edit the font type + to be \LaTeX{} font.) The \LaTeX{} file includes the PostScript + file via the |\special| command. + + A neat little trick is to type math using the \LaTeX{} + syntax directly on the xfig figure, e.g., |$\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}$| + then select "special" under the special flag in the + text edit box so that xfig doesn't add extra backslashes to generate + such things as |\$|, |\_|, etc. Then when compiling in the next step + the result is nicely formatted math text. Granted, the text + doesn't look right in xfig, but with only a bit of guessing + and using |left/center/right| alignment properly this is + no big problem. + + Positioning can be done using the justification in the + text edit box to prevent extra white space appearing in + the final figure because xfig treats the whole text string + when computing figure borders. (If a long string of text + obstructs the figure in xfig the hidden flag can be selected + in the text edit box to hide the text string from the screen.) + +2. Create a simple file such as follows: +\begin{verbatim} + \documentclass{article} + \usepackage{epsfig} + \begin{document} + \pagestyle{empty} + \input{filename.pstex_t} + \end{document} +\end{verbatim} + + then compile it under \LaTeX{}. Now use dvips to turn this + into an encapsulated PostScript file. That is +\begin{verbatim} + > dvips filename -E -o filename.eps +\end{verbatim} + +\erroronpage{462}{continued}{DSe}{1998/12/18}{} + +3. In your final document simply treat the generated eps + file just as you would any eps file. There are \LaTeX{} + packages that allow scaling of such figures. Because + the text is now in the eps file it gets scaled accordingly. + + An alternate method instead of step 2 is simply to input + |filename.pstex_t| into the final \LaTeX{} document. This works + fine but the flexibility of scaling text may not exist. + +4. Use your imagination! xfig allows importing PostScript + documents. So you can bring in pictures generated by + other programs, e.g., Matlab, and add annotation with the + method described above. + + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Appendix A } + +\erroronpage{465}{l.-6}{NBe}{1997/07/11}{2} + this requires \ldots{} are given \> + this requires \ldots{} be given + + [Subjunctive, rather than indicative, is called for here, + because ``require'' is a condition.] + +%\erroronpage{471}{column 2, l.10}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{} +% \texttt{b3} (braggado) Braggadocio WHAT IS WRONG????? + +\erroronpage{471}{column 4, l.8}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{} + u:N\u{i}mbusMonL + +\erroronpage{472}{column 3, l.17}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + u:N\u{i}mbusSanL + +\erroronpage{473}{column 4, l.21}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + \texttt{rw} (rockwell) Rockwel\u{lS}late + +\erroronpage{475ff}{table heading}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + Use uppercase: \u{ISO} Latin + +\erroronpage{480}{perthousand}{PGu}{2002/02/24}{} + Glyph for perthousand is a small 0 \> should be like 0/00 + + Actually, the glyph is a small 0 in in several fonts (the + perthousand is then generated internally as a ligature with \%) + +\erroronpage{482--487}{Table~A.4}{WaS}{2000/09/26}{} + Table~A.4 is lacking the entries for the slots 38 and 139, + and slot 89 is listed twice. + + 38 is ampersand throughout. + + 139 is Nacute, guilsinglleft, empty, empty, guilsinglleft, atilde, + perthousand in the encodings from left to right. + + The above errors have been added to second (corrected) printing and + are not present in the first printing. + +\erroronpage{482}{caption}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + the characters ``Table A.4:'' are set in the wrong size (too small) + +\erroronpage{484}{l.-3,-4}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + guilsingleft and guilsingright \> + guilsinglleft and guilsinglright + +\erroronpage{489}{l.8}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + \ldots\verb=}{=\textit{de\u{p}th}\verb=}{=\ldots + +\erroronpage{491}{l.20}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + you can use expressions such as \verb=\width{=\u{\textit{glyph}}\verb=}= + +%\erroronpage{491}{l.20}{FMi}{1997/08/01}{} +% add extra space in front of this line (and in similar places in +% that section) + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Appendix B } + +\erroronpage{498}{}{AOg}{1999/02/27}{} + Add \texttt{ctan.tug.org} to the list of CTAN sites (others may + need update as well + +\erroronpage{498}{l.10}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{} + it \> is + +\erroronpage{506}{l.-8}{SPQR}{1997/08/01}{2} + fonts/psfonts/adobe/garamond \> + \texttt{CTAN:fonts/psfonts/adobe/garamond} + +\erroronpage{506}{l.-11}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + see\u{ }\texttt{http//www.adobe.com./prodindex/framemaker/main.html} + +\erroronpage{507}{l.17}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + remove surplus \verb=%= + +\erroronpage{507}{l.17}{MGo}{1998/01/16}{} + The old URL is obsolete, a new one is + \texttt{http://www.imsisoft.com/hijaak/index.html} + +\erroronpage{507}{l.-3}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + \texttt{CTAN\u{:f}onts/utils/mm} + +\erroronpage{508}{l.5}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + \texttt{http:\u{//}www.mathworks.com} + +\erroronpage{508}{l.11}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + \texttt{CTAN\u{:f}onts/utils/mm} + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Bibliography } + +\erroronpage{516}{l.12}{BBe}{1997/08/01}{2} + Do not use typewriter for ``seminar.sty'' or + use typewriter also with next item. + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Index } + +\erroronpage{523}{graphicx depth key}{PMcJ,FMi}{1998/06/13}{} + Spurious entry, depth is no keyword for graphicx package + +\erroronpage{529}{pspicture}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + Add reference to p.48 + +\erroronpage{535}{Document classes}{FMi}{1998/04/31}{} + Document classes \> Document \u{C}lasses + +\erroronpage{543}{graphicx depth key}{FMi}{1998/06/21}{} + Spurious entry, depth is no keyword for graphicx package + +\erroronpage{546}{\texttt{\textbackslash heat}}{FMi}{1997/04/01}{2} + Typo: remove and add p.302 to |\heart| instead + +\end{erratalist} + + + +%========================================================================== + +\bigskip + + +\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or + omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.] +\contributor{AMi}{Arno Mittelbach} +\contributor{AMM}{Alberto Maria Marchetti} +\contributor{AOg}{Arthur Ogawa} +\contributor{BBe}{Barbara Beeton} +\contributor{BDr}{Bernard Drapeau} +\contributor{BLu}{Ben Lukoschus} +\contributor{DCa}{David Carlisle} +\contributor{DGi}{Denis Girou} +\contributor{DSe}{Daniel Sebald} +\contributor{EGu}{Eitan Gurari} +\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach} +\contributor{JKr}{J\"urgen Kr\"amer} +\contributor{JOl}{Jeffrey D. Oldham} +\contributor{JRi}{Jonathan Rich} +\contributor{MGo}{Michel Goossens} +\contributor{MWa}{Michael Wanko} +\contributor{NBe}{Nelson H. F. Beebe} +\contributor{PGu}{Patrick Gundlach} +\contributor{PKa}{Peter Kabal} +\contributor{PMcJ}{Paul McJones} +\contributor{RFa}{Robin Fairbairns} +\contributor{SPQR}{Sebastian Rahtz} +\contributor{TJe}{Tarjei T. Jensen} +\contributor{TRa}{T.V. Raman} +\contributor{UMu}{Uwe M\"unch} +\contributor{UVi}{Ulrik Vieth} +\contributor{VSc}{Volker RW Schaa} +\contributor{WaS}{Walter Schmidt} +\contributor{JUl}{Julian Ullmann} +\end{multicols} + + +If you find further errors please report them to one of the authors +\begin{quote}\ttfamily + frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org\\ + sebastian.rahtz@oucs.ox.ac.uk\\ + goossens@cern.ch +\end{quote} +preferable in a form usable for this file, i.e., +\begin{flushleft} +|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|% + \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\ + \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the errata} +\end{flushleft} +Here is an example: +\begin{verbatim} +\erroronpage{4}{l.-7}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{} + surprisingly \> surprising +\end{verbatim} + + +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lb2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lb2.err new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8ef63bb5ff4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lb2.err @@ -0,0 +1,1088 @@ +\def\readRCS$#1 #2 #3 #4 #5${\def\erratafiledate{#4}} +\readRCS +$Id: lb2.err,v 1.23 2006/05/12 11:02:55 mittelba Exp $ + +\def\comando#1{\texttt{\string#1}} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through +% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and +% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify +% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata +% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the +% .cfg file. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\begin{filecontents}{errata.cls} +% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005 Frank Mittelbach +% This file is distributed under LPPL + +\ProvidesClass{errata} + [2005/11/10 v0.9a Mini class for errata files subject to change (FMi)] + +\LoadClass{article} + +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1} +\addtolength\textwidth{5cm} +\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm} + +\addtolength\textheight{36pt} + +\RequirePackage{shortvrb} +\MakeShortVerb{\|} + +\RequirePackage{array,longtable} +\RequirePackage{multicol} + + +\newcommand\erratagetnumber{} +\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3} + + +\newcommand\gobbleerrata{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup + \let\endgobble\egroup + \let\hideamp\relax + \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par} + +\newcommand*\hideamp{&} + +\let\endgobble\relax + + +\newcommand\erratastartdate{} +\newcommand\myprinting{1} + + +\newcommand\doweprint[2]{% + \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi + \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber < + \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax + \@tempswatrue + \else + \@tempswafalse + \fi + \else + \@tempswafalse + \fi +} + + + +\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate} +\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and} + +\newcommand\showallerrors{% + \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}% + \renewcommand\printedentries{up to} + \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}} + + +\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{% + \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi} + +\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{% + \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}} + +\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg} + { + \input{\jobname.cfg} + \typeout{***************************************************} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found } + \typeout{*} + \typeout{***************************************************} + \AtEndDocument{ + \typeout{***************************************************} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing} + \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision} + \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date} + \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* Current settings are:} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting} + \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{***************************************************} + }} + {} + +%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision> + +\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{% + \endgobble + \doweprint{#4}{#5}% + \if@tempswa + \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \else + \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \expandafter\gobbleerrata + \fi + \hideamp \\% + \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} + \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp +} + +\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{% + \endgobble + \doweprint{#4}{#5}% + \if@tempswa + \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \else + \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \expandafter\gobbleerrata + \fi + \hideamp \\% + \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill + \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} + \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp +} + +\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble + &\\[4pt]% + \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\} + +\newenvironment{erratalist} + {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}} + {\endgobble\end{longtable}} + +\newcommand\erratatitle[2] + {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries + Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt] + \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\ + (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document + with different config settings) + \end{center}% + \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}% + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \vspace{20pt}} + +\pagestyle{myheadings} + +\AtBeginDocument{\small} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{2pt} + +\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par} + +% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands: + +\let\u\underline +\renewcommand\>{$\to$} + +%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of +%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get +%%% too many :-) + +\def\count@contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{ + \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}% +%%% also count secondary: +%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% +} + +\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{% + \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil + \endgobble + \doweprint{#4}{#5}% + \if@tempswa + \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \else + \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \expandafter\gobbleerrata + \fi + \hideamp \\% + \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} + \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp +} + +\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{% + \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil + \endgobble + \doweprint{#4}{#5}% + \if@tempswa + \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \else + \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \expandafter\gobbleerrata + \fi + \hideamp \\% + \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill + \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} + \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp +} + +\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{% + \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} + +\end{filecontents} + + +\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg} +% +% +% Configuration file for the errata listing of +% +% Der LaTeX-Begleiter 2 Auflage +% +% +% \erratastartdate +% +% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed. +% +% The format is YYYY/MM/DD. +% +% The default below ensures that all entries are typeset. +% + +\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2005/09/01} + + +% +% \myprinting +% +% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you +% have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already +% corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata +% listing. +% +% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the first +% printing are typeset. +% +% + +\renewcommand\myprinting{1} + +% +% \norevisionnumbers +% +% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same +% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed +% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in +% italic and add the revision number as a superscript. + +% +% \showallerrors +% +% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are +% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and +% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by +% default. +% +% +\endinput +\end{filecontents} + + +\documentclass{errata}[2005/11/10] % we want new class + +\renewcommand\erratatitle[2] + {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries + Errataliste für #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ Druck)\\[10pt] + \small Enthält alle Einträge die \printedentries\space #2 + gemeldet wurden \\ + (Für andere Zeiträume/Druckausgaben ändert man die \texttt{.cfg} + Datei und formatiert erneut.) + \end{center}% + \markright{Errata für #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}% + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \vspace{20pt}} + +\renewcommand\printedentries{zwischen \erratastartdate\space und} + + +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\let\u\underline % shortcut for this file + +\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$} +\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX} + + +\usepackage{textcomp} + +\usepackage{url} + +\usepackage[ngerman]{babel} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} + +\begin{document} + +\erratatitle{Der \LaTeX{}-Begleiter, zweite Auf\/lage}{\erratafiledate} + + +\vspace*{-\baselineskip} + +\begin{verbatim} +@book(Pearson:MG05, + author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens}, + title = {Der {\LaTeX}-Begleiter}, edition = 2, + note = {Unter Mitarbeit von Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, und Chris Rowley}, + publisher = {Pearson Studium}, address = {M\"unchen}, year = 2005, + pagenums = {1180}, bibliography = {yes}, index = {yes}, + isbn = {3-8273-7166-X}, +) +\end{verbatim} + + +\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}} +\item[] + +Diese Errata-Datei (\texttt{\jobname.err}) ist Teil der +\LaTeX-Distribution und die neuste Version findet man auf der \LaTeX{} +Project Webseite unter +\url{http://www.latex-project.org/guides/}\texttt{\jobname.err}. Dort +findet man auch einige Abschnitte des Buches als PDF-Dateien. + +Die erste Spalte der Tabelle zeigt die Seitennummer des +Errataeintrags. Hochgestellte Ziffern in der ersten Spalte verweisen +auf den Nachdruck, in dem der beschriebene Fehler korrigiert wurde +(ein \textit{s} zeigt, an, dass das Problem bisher nur in den +"`S"'ourcen korrigiert wurde). Die zweite Spalte beschreibt die genaue +Position (negative Zeilen- oder Absatznummern werden vom Fuß der Seite +gezählt). Die dritte Spalte zeigt die Initialen der Person die den +Fehler zuerst aufgespürt/gemeldet hat. + + +Mithilfe der Konfigurationsdatei \texttt{\jobname.cfg} ist es möglich die +Liste so anzupassen, dass nur Errataeinträge ab einem +speziellen Nachdruck oder ab einem gewünschten Datum angezeigt werden. + + +\begin{center} + \Large \bfseries Irren ist menschlich -- Fehlerwettbewerb +\end{center} + + +Jeder gefundene und mitgeteilte Fehler ist ein Gewinn für alle Leser +und Käufer unseres Buches. Aus diesem Grund schreiben wir, Pearson +Studium und die Autoren, einen Preis aus -- immer halbjährlich -- den +die Person erhält, die die meisten Fehler innerhalb dieser Zeit findet +(im Falle einer Überschneidung wird das Los zwischen den "`besten"' +Fehlersuchern entscheiden). Eine Person kann nur einmal einen Preis +bekommen; Fehler die durch die Autoren gefunden werden, zählen nicht. +\begin{center} +Ihr Preis: Ein Lehrbuch Ihrer Wahl! +\end{center} +Auswählen können Sie dieses unter \url{http://www.pearson-studium.de}. +(Bundles und mehrbändige Bücher sind davon ausgenommen). + +Wie üblich behalten sich die Autoren und der Verlag das Recht vor, +selbst zu entscheiden ob ein Fehler tatsächlich als Fehler anzusehen +ist oder ob ein öfters vorkommender Fehler als ein oder mehrere Fehler +gezählt wird. + +- Viel Erfolg - + +\begin{center} +\begin{tabular}{clr@{ Eingaben}} +Ende der Wettbewerbsperiode & Gewinner \\[4pt] +2006/04 & Jens Mandavid & 121 \\ +2006/10 & \\ +2007/04 & \\ +2007/10 & \\ +2008/04 & \\ +2008/10 & \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{center} +\end{list} + +\newpage + + +%<-------------------------- + +\begin{erratalist} + +\CHAPTER{Allgemein } + +\iffalse +\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{} + + To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed + exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential + for correctly understanding the book contents. + \fi + +\CHAPTER{Titelei} + + +\erroronpage{iii}{bottom}{MHo}{2005/10/10}{s} +LB2 mentions the fabled city of ``San Franciso'' which of course +should be ``Francis\u{c}o''. + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 1} + +\erroronpage{3}{Abs.4, Z.4}{JMa}{2005/12/26}{} + Ersetze: (NFSS) \> (\textsf{NFSS}) + +\erroronpage{15}{Abs.5, Z.2}{ESt}{2006/03/11}{s} + \texttt{info/examples/lb2} wird nicht gefunden. Kein wirklicher Fehler im + Buch, sondern ein Versehen auf CTAN. + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 2} + +\erroronpage{26}{Abs.-3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} + Zur schließenden Klammer in Zeile 5 gibt es keine öffnende; es sollte wohl +heißen: (zum Beispiel \ldots{} + +\erroronpage{29}{Abs. nach 2-2-3, Z.7}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} + Es muss ``mit unterschiedliche\u{n} Definitionen'' heißen. + +\erroronpage{31}{Abs.3, Z.3}{FMi}{2006/02/28}{s} +Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''. + +\erroronpage{33}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{FMi}{2006/02/28}{s} +Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''. + +\erroronpage{37}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''. + +\erroronpage{39}{Abs.3, Z.4 und Z.7}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''. + +\erroronpage{42}{Absatz \textit{rechts}, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''. + +\erroronpage{56}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +Hier fehlt ein Buchstabe: ``Das Beispiel zeigt, das\u{s} es +wahrscheinlich''. + +\erroronpage{60}{Tab.2.3, rechte Spalte, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +Hier fehlt zu einer schließenden Klammer die öffnende. + +\erroronpage{61}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Kapitel-eintr"age statt Kapite-leintr"age. + +\erroronpage{64}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Abschnitts-eintrag statt Abschnitt-seintrag. + +\erroronpage{65}{Abs.1, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +Es muss ``Ein solcher Wechsel'' statt ``Eine solcher Wechsel'' heißen. + +\erroronpage{65}{Abs.-2, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Verzeichnis-eintr"age statt Verzeichni-seintr"age. + +\erroronpage{70}{Abs.-1, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +Hier fehlt ein Komma am Ende der ersten Zeile und ein Punkt am Ende des +ersten Satzes. + +\erroronpage{73}{Abs.2, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''. + +\erroronpage{74}{Abs.2, Z.12}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +Hier fehlt ein Komma vor ``wenn sie durch''. + +\erroronpage{75}{Abs.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{s} +Es fehlen zwei Buchstaben: ``ohne daf"ur einen eigen\u{en} Abstand +einzuf"ugen''. + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 3} + +\erroronpage{94}{Abs.-3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/06}{s} +Lösche s aus Grau\u{s}wertproblem + + +\erroronpage{101}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +Kein Komma vor und bei einer Aufzählung. + +\erroronpage{114}{para 3}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{} + |\linespread| is the \LaTeXe\ command for + setting up the value of |\baselinestretch|; it is not necessary + to use |\renewcommand| and in particular it is not necessary to + activate the new interline spacing by changing font; it suffices the command + |\selectfont|; the procedure described in this paragraph, + although still possible, was the one to use with \LaTeX\,209 and with the + early versions of \LaTeXe, and it was the only way when the First Edition was + published. The command |\linespread| is introduced the first + time on page~204, but section 3.1.13 was the right place to do it. + + Wurde im englischen Original im 4ten Druck korrigiert, Text für die deutsche + Fassung fehlt noch. + + +\erroronpage{123}{2. Abs, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +\ldots die Auswirkung\u{en} von \textsf{perpage} deutlich zu sehen sind. + +\erroronpage{143}{3. Abs, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +Am Ende der Zeile fehlt ein Komma. + +\erroronpage{144}{1. Abs, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +Es muss \u{kein} statt keinen hei\ss{}en. + +\erroronpage{147}{Bsp.3-3-19}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +Der \LaTeX{}-Begleiter sollte stets mit Bindestrich geschrieben werden. + +\erroronpage{158}{Bsp.3-3-28}{FMi/JBez}{2005/09/02}{} + The vertical space above ``Return values'' is too small. + + Das ist ein ziemlich versteckter \LaTeX-Fehler, mit dem man momentan noch + leben muss. + +\erroronpage{163}{Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +Ersetze: "`fontenc"' \> "`\textsf{fontenc}"' + +\erroronpage{174}{3. Abs, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +Ersetze: "`diesen"' \> "`diesem"' + +\erroronpage{175}{Z. -4}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +Streiche einmal das Wort "`sich"'. + +\erroronpage{182}{Abs -1, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +Es geht um eine Untermenge \u{von} \ldots + +\erroronpage{184}{Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +Streiche einmal das Wort "`Beispiel"'. + +\erroronpage{192}{3. Abs, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +Es soll wohl "`von dieser \u{durch} das Resultat von \ldots"' hei\ss{}en. + +\erroronpage{195}{4. Abs, Z.5}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +Ersetze: "`ausgeben"' \> "`aus\u{ge}geben"' + +\erroronpage{197}{2. Abs, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{s} +Streiche das zweite t aus setz\u{t}en. + + + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 4} + + +\erroronpage{208}{Z. 1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{s} +Fehlendes Komma: "`zwei Pakete, mit deren"' + +\erroronpage{210}{Abs.6, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{s} +Fehlendes Komma: "`abliest), kann man"' + +\erroronpage{221}{para 4, l.4}{FMi}{2006/09/09}{s} + Option \texttt{b3} ist zweifach gelistet. + + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 5} + + +\erroronpage{243}{}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{} + The explanation of the command \comando{\arraystretch} is + wrong; in fact it does not multiply the inter-row space by the specified + factor, so that a factor of 1.5 would move the rows 50\% farther apart. + \comando{\arraystretch} scales by the specified factor the height and depth of + the invisible strut that is in the first cell of every row of tabular and array + environments. If all the cells of the row are smaller than the strut the effect + is more or less similar to an enlargement of the inter-row space, while if at + least one cell in the row is larger than the strut no spreading apart takes + place other than that required by the largest cell. + + Wurde im englischen Original im 4ten Druck korrigiert, Text für die deutsche + Fassung fehlt noch. + +\erroronpage{249}{Abs.3 in 5.1.1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{s} +Dieser Satz steht schon am Ende des ersten Absatzes dieses +Abschnitts. + +\erroronpage{253}{Z. -2}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{s} +Kein Komma vor "`erzeugt wurden"' + +\erroronpage{269}{Abs.5, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{s} +\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Standar-dumgebung. \> Standard-umgebung + + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 6} + + +\erroronpage{292}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{MSch}{2006/01/04}{s} + Füge hinzu: "`z.B. bedeutet \u{\texttt{0.2}}, dass 20\% von Gleitobjekten + belegt sein darf"' + +\erroronpage{301}{Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s} +Fehlendes Komma: "`Hilfsdatei, in der"' + +\erroronpage{301}{Abs.-2,Z.3}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s} +Falsche Anf"uhrungszeichen bei "`eingerahmt"' + +\erroronpage{302}{exa 6-3-1}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{} +The Euler constant must be typeset in roman type according +to the ISO rules; $e$ is the charge of the electron. + +\erroronpage{304}{Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s} +Es muss "`in den Abschnitten\u{n} 6.2.1 bzw. 6.2.2"' hei\ss{}en. + +\erroronpage{304}{Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s} +Es muss "`{}"uber ein zus"atzliche\u{s} obligatorisches Argument"' +hei\ss{}en. + +\erroronpage{315}{Abs.-3,Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s} +Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von "`Bed"urfnisse\u{n}"'. + +\erroronpage{318}{Bsp.6-5-2, Abb.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s} +Fehlendes Komma: "`Eine Legende, die mehrere"' + +\erroronpage{319}{Bsp.6-5-3, Tab.1}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s} +Fehlendes Komma: "`Eine Legende, die mehrere"' + +\erroronpage{321}{Option \texttt{position}}{FMi/JS}{2005/09/14}{s} + Beschreibe, dass der Schlüssel \texttt{bottom} die Voreinstellung ist. + +\erroronpage{322}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s} +Streiche ein "`es"'. + +\erroronpage{327}{Abs.-1, Z.3 und Z.5}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{s} +Ersetze: \textsl{typ} \> \textsl{klasse} + + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 7} + +\erroronpage{340}{Fußnote 2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Fehlendes Komma: "`verwandelt, ist dabei"' + +\erroronpage{344}{Abs.3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Schließende Klammer nach "`Abbildung 7.3"' fehlt. + +\erroronpage{348}{Abs.-1, Z.3-4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Trennfehler: Es muss Pa-ketnamen statt Pak-etnamen hei\ss{}en. + +\erroronpage{349}{}{FMi}{2006/02/27}{s} +Änderung auf Seite 348 ändert Seitenumbruch. + +\erroronpage{352}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Fehlendes Komma: "`einnimmt, ist der"' + +\erroronpage{356}{Bsp.7-3-7}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{} +Ersetze: NFSS \> \textsf{NFSS} + +\erroronpage{362}{Abs.-1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Streiche das mittlere s in Symbol\u{s}fonts. + +\erroronpage{364}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Ersetze: hinzu-f"ugt \> hinzu-\u{ge}f"ugt + +\erroronpage{367}{Ab.-2, Z.-1}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{s} + Der Abstand vor dem Punkt am Satzende ("`T1-Kodierung ."') ist zu + entfernen. + +\erroronpage{371}{Abs. \texttt{cp437de}}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Falsche Anführungszeichen beim \ss + +\erroronpage{371}{Abs \texttt{utf8}}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Das Leerzeichen vor dem Punkt ist zu entfernen. + +\erroronpage{394}{letzte Z.}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{s} + Der Abstand vor der schlie\ss enden Klammer ("`in Abschnitt 7.5.4 )"') + ist zu entfernen. + +\erroronpage{404}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Streiche das n aus Name\u{n}. + +\erroronpage{406}{Abs.3, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Fehlendes Komma: "`werden, normalerweise ohnehin"' + +\erroronpage{407}{Bsp. 7-7-21, 7-7-22}{TNdz}{2006/01/20}{s} + Fehlendes Komma: "`\ldots ist ein Blindtext, an dem sich + verschiedene \ldots"´ + +\erroronpage{416}{Kapitel 7.8.6, Z.8}{RSi}{2005/12/07}{s} + Leerzeichen nach dem kleinen Omega (|\textscomega|) fehlt. + +\erroronpage{420}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Ersetze: L"ander \> L"ander\u{n} + +\erroronpage{420}{Abs.4, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Streiche eines der beiden "`auf"'. + +\erroronpage{422}{Abs.3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Fehlendes Komma: "`zur Verf"ugung, um auf die"' + +\erroronpage{423}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Ersetze: zum \> zu + +\erroronpage{428}{Tabelle 7.27, Z.~1}{MSch}{2005/12/31}{s} + Ersetze: \dq`Cork\dq'-Kodierung durch "`Cork"'-Kodierung + +\erroronpage{428}{Abs1., Z.4-5}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Trennfehler: Es muss Pro-zent statt Proz-ent hei\ss{}en. + + +\erroronpage{435}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Fehlendes Komma vor "`werden"' + +\erroronpage{445}{Abs.-3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Streiche das s aus Namen\u{s} + +\erroronpage{454}{Abs.4, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Ersetze: dass \> das + +\erroronpage{454}{Abs.5, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Ersetze: dier \> die + +\erroronpage{456}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Fehlendes Komma: "`Befehle, die"' + +\erroronpage{458}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Fehlendes Komma: "`Zeichen, die in"' + +\erroronpage{458}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Fehlendes Komma: "`solchen, die in"' + +\erroronpage{458}{Abs.4, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Fehlendes Komma vor "`wurden"' + +\erroronpage{464}{Abs.1, Z.3-4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{s} +Trennfehler: Es muss Ak-zentzeichen statt Akz-entzeichen hei\ss{}en. + +\erroronpage{468}{Tab.7.33}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{s} +Die "'Tabellen"uberschrift"` ist nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format. + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 8} + +\erroronpage{496}{Abs.2, Z.1/2}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{s} +Trennfehler: Mark-up sieht deutlich besser aus als Mar-kup. + +\erroronpage{504}{Abs.-2,Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{s} +Kein Komma vor "`oder"' bei einer Aufz"ahlung. + + +\erroronpage{507}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{s} +Streiche die beiden letzten Buchstaben von Paket\u{es}. + +\erroronpage{510}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{s} +Streiche einmal das Wort "`Tabelle"'. + +\erroronpage{516}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{s} +Streiche ein "`die"'. + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 9} + +\erroronpage{560}{2. Snippet}{MSch/FMi}{2006/01/06}{s} + Der vertikale Abstand vor dem Codebeispiel ist im Verh"altnis zum + darauffolgenden Abstand erheblich zu gro\ss. + + Und zudem die Seite eine Zeile zu lang. + + +\erroronpage{563}{Abs.1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/03/014}{s} +Die "offnende Klammer fehlt vor "`zum Beispiel"'. + +\erroronpage{565}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{s} +Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von sprachspezifische\u{n}. + + +\erroronpage{567}{tab 9.3}{FMi/CBe}{2004/07/27}{} + I am surprised that in Russian there is no word for ``Glossary''. + + Frank: It most certainly exits :-), but right now Babel doesn't + know about it---so there is nothing we can do about it at the + moment. Actually the same problem exists with Polish, although here + I got a translation ``s\l ownik termin{\'o}w'' which will eventually + find its way into Babel. + + Tja, so gehts. Auch als das deutsche Buch gesetzt wurden waren die Begriffe + auch noch nicht bekannt. + +\erroronpage{579}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{s} +Streiche die beiden letzten Buchstaben von ein\u{es}. + +\erroronpage{590}{Abs.1, Z.5/6}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{s} +Wenn "`rumakeindex"' getrennt werden muss, sieht "`rumake-index"' deutlich +besser aus. + +\erroronpage{599}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{s} +Zu der schließenden Klammer gibt es keine "offnende. + + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 10} + + +\erroronpage{628}{Abs.-3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s} +Der Bruch $\displaystyle\frac{\pi}{2}$ ragt in die Zeile darunter. + +\erroronpage{638}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s} +Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von ausf"uhrliche\u{n}. + +\erroronpage{647}{Abs.4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s} +Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von vertikale\u{r}. + +\erroronpage{661}{Abs.-3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s} +Ersetze: "`verf"ugt"' \> "`verf"ugen"' + +\erroronpage{661}{para -2, l.1}{FMi}{2005/11/11}{s} + Leider ist Th\`anhs Name falsch geschrieben. Die korrekte Schreibweise + ist "`H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh"'. + + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 11} + +\erroronpage{686}{Abs.-2, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s} +Streiche das Komma vor "`und"'. + +\erroronpage{691}{Abs.4, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s} +Ersetze: "`eigene"' \> "`eigenen"' + +\erroronpage{697}{Abs. \texttt{-o} \textsl{ind}}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s} +Streiche die letzten Buchstaben von Verwendung\u{Index}. + +\erroronpage{703}{Z.2}{AFe}{2006/01/13}{s} + Extra Buchstabe: |\mark|\texttt{\u k}|both| \> + |\markboth| + +\erroronpage{704}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{s} +Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von Teil\u{s}. + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 12} + +\erroronpage{709}{Abs.3, Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +Entferne das Komma vor l"asst. + +\erroronpage{711}{Abs.2, Z.3/4}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +Trennfehler: Schreibe Layout-richtlinien statt Layou-trichtlinien. + +\erroronpage{717}{Abs.3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +F"uge ein Komma vor "`definieren"' ein. + +\erroronpage{719}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +F"uge ein Komma vor "`mit dessen Hilfe"' ein. + +\erroronpage{721}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +F"uge ein Komma vor "`die nicht unterst"utzt"' ein. + +\erroronpage{728}{Abs.2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +Es hei\ss{}t \u{der} Apostroph, nicht "`das"'. + +\erroronpage{734}{Abs.-3, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +F"uge ein "offnende Klammer vor "`zum Beispiel"' ein. + +\erroronpage{735}{Abs.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +F"uge ein Komma vor "`wo im"' ein. + +\erroronpage{737}{Abs.-3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +F"uge ein Komma vor "`die normalerweise"' ein. + +\erroronpage{740}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von wurde\u{n}. + +\erroronpage{745}{Abs.-1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +Ersetze: "`ein solche"' \> "`eine solche"' + +\erroronpage{746}{Abs.-4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +F"uge ein Komma vor "`wo im"' ein. + +\erroronpage{752}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +Zur schlie\ss{}enden Klammer gibt es keine "offnende. + +\erroronpage{752}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +Streiche die letzten drei Buchstaben von "`aufauf"'. + +\erroronpage{755}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +Ersetze: "`eine vollst"andigen"' \> "`einen vollst"andigen"' + +\erroronpage{763}{Abs.3, Z.6}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +Streiche das Komma vor "`und"'. + +\erroronpage{767}{Abs.-3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +Ersetze: "`L"adt"' \> "`l"adt"' + +\erroronpage{772}{Tab.12.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +F"uge ein Komma vor "`die eine bestimmte Wahl"' ein. + +\erroronpage{777}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +Füge einen Punkt nach "`zeigt"' ein. + +\erroronpage{781}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{s} +Ersetze: "`Diese"' \> "`Dieses"' + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 13} + +\erroronpage{791}{Tab.13.1, \texttt{inbook}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s} +Streiche einmal das Wort "'oder"`. + +\erroronpage{792}{Tab13.2, \texttt{crossref}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s} +F"uge ein Komma vor "`auf den"' ein. + +\erroronpage{795/796}{mehrere Stellen}{FMi/DAl}{2005/09/12}{s} + Der Name "`Miguel Lopez Fernandez"' sollte durch "`Miguel Parra Benavides"' + ersetzt werden, da der bisher verwendete eigentlich Akzente besitzen würde, + die an der Stelle im Buch noch nicht diskutiert wurden. + +\erroronpage{796}{Abs.-5, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s} +F"uge einen Punkt nach "`erscheinen"' ein. + +\erroronpage{799}{Abs.-2, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s} +Streiche das Komma vor "'und"`. + +\erroronpage{802}{Abs.-1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s} +Streiche das Komma vor "'und"`. + +\erroronpage{819}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s} +Ersetze: BibTexMng \> \textsf{BibTexMng} + +\erroronpage{820}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s} +Streiche das Komma nach \texttt{size}. + +\erroronpage{821}{Tab.13.4, Z.-4}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s} +F"uge ein Leerzeichen nach "'Fachzeitschriften"` ein. Ferner ist die +"'Tabellen"uberschrift"` nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format. + +\erroronpage{828}{Tab. 13.5, Z. 1-2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{s} + Donald Ervin Knuths Name ist falsch geschrieben. Ersetze: "`Erwin"' \> + "`Ervin"' + +\erroronpage{830}{Tab.13.6}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s} +Ersetze: Italienische \> Italienisch + +\erroronpage{832}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s} +Ersetze: Abschnitte \> Abschnitten + +\erroronpage{839}{Tab.13.8, \texttt{substring}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s} +F"uge ein Leerzeichen vor "`hat"' ein. + +\erroronpage{842}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{s} +Entweder fehlt hier eine "offnende Klammer -- oder die schlie\ss{}ende ist +zu viel. + + +\CHAPTER{Kapitel 14} + +\erroronpage{853}{Tab.14.1}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{s} +Die "'Tabellen"uberschrift"` ist nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format. + +\erroronpage{858}{Abs.5, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{} +F"uge ein "'zu"` zwischen "'Kommentare"` und "'entfernen"` ein. + +\erroronpage{865}{1. Snippet, Z. 2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{} + Ersetze: |text/latex/base| \> |tex/latex/base| + +\erroronpage{865}{l.-7}{FMi/HjG}{2005/09/02}{} + Underline, as it is command line input. + +\erroronpage{871}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{} +Ersetze entg"ultig \> endg"ultig + +\erroronpage{882}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{} +Ersetze Abschnitte \> Abschnitten + +\erroronpage{891}{Tab.A.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{} +F"uge ein Komma vor "'der eine feste oder"` ein. + +\erroronpage{906}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{} +Ersetze \textsl{text} \> \textsl{test} + +\erroronpage{909}{Abs.2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{} +F"uge ein Komma vor "'ob"` ein. + +\erroronpage{918}{Abs.-1, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{} +F"uge ein Komma vor "'wird"` ein. + + + +\CHAPTER{Anhang A} + +\erroronpage{882}{Abs.1, Z.2}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{s} +Ersetze: Abschnitte \> Abschnitten + +\erroronpage{888}{fig A.1, l.4}{FMi/JAn}{2005/09/09}{} + ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' und entferne Komma nach "`Zoll"' + + + +\CHAPTER{Bibliographie} + +\erroronpage{1026}{[128]}{FMi}{2005/11/07}{s} + Der Titel lautet: ``E-\TeX: Guidelines for Future \TeX{} Extensions''. + +\erroronpage{1030}{[162]-[163]}{FMi/RKo}{2005/11/11}{s} + + Leider ist Th\`anhs Name falsch geschrieben (Akzente) . Die + korrekte Schreibweise ist "`H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} + Th\`anh"'. + +\erroronpage{1030}{[159]-[163]}{FMi/RKo}{2005/11/11}{} + + Außerdem ist "`Han"' der Familienname müsste also korrekterweise unter H + einsortiert werden (letzteres lässt sich aber nur schwer korrigieren, da + dann nahezu das gesamte Buch neu gesetzt werden müsste). + + +\CHAPTER{Index} + + +\erroronpage{1033}{2. Absatz, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/05}{} +Die Abkürzung NFSS sollte \textsf{NFSS} geschrieben werden. + +\iffalse Nicht wirklich, aber auch nicht schoen so ... mal sehen + +\erroronpage{1068}{"`Gleichheits- und Relationszeichen"'}{MSch}{2005/12/31}{} + Die beiden Einträge zu Gleichheits- und Relationszeichen sind durch + die Verwendung unterschiedlicher Trennzeichen falsch sortiert; + vertausche "`negierte, mathematische Symbole"' und "`mathematische + Symbole"'. +\fi + +\erroronpage{1088}{rechte Spalte}{JMa}{2006/01/05}{} +Die Abkürzung NFSS sollte \textsf{NFSS} geschrieben werden. + +\CHAPTER{Biographien} + +\erroronpage{1129}{Abs. 2, Z.3}{SZi}{2005/11/24}{} + l"osche g aus Dok\u{g}umente + +\end{erratalist} + + +\setcounter{collectmore}{3} + +\begin{multicols}{3}[Dank an alle die Fehler oder Auslassungen + gemeldet haben. Gelistet sind jeweils die Personen die ein Problem + zuerst entdeckt haben. Einige Fehler wurden im englischen Original + gefunden, weshalb auch ein paar Namen ohne Fehlerzahl auftauchen.] +%\contributor{J-CCh}{Jean-C\^ome Charpentier} +\contributor{AFe}{Alfonso Fernandez Vazquez} +\contributor{CBe}{Claudio Beccari} +\contributor{DAl}{Daniel Alonso i Alemany} +\contributor{ESt}{Eckhard Stein} +\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach} +\contributor{HjG}{Hubert G\"a\ss lein} +\contributor{JAn}{Jacques Andr\'e} +\contributor{JBez}{Javier Bezos} +\contributor{JMa}{Jens Mandavid} +\contributor{JS}{Joachim Schrod} +\contributor{MHo}{Morten H\o gholm} +\contributor{MSch}{Michael Schutte} +\contributor{RKo}{Reinhard Kotucha} +\contributor{RSi}{Roman Sigg} +\contributor{SZi}{Stefan Ziesemer} +\contributor{TNdz}{Timo Niedenzu} +\end{multicols} + + +Sollten Sie einen weiteren Fehler entdecken, melden Sie diesen bitte an +\begin{quote}\ttfamily + frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org +\end{quote} +wenn möglich gleich in der für diese Datei benötigte Form, d.h. +\begin{flushleft} +|\erroronpage{|\textit{Seitennummr}|}{|\textit{Zeilenidentifikation}|}{|% + \textit{Initialen}|}{|\textit{JJJJ/MM/DD}|}{}| \\ + \hspace*{2em}\textit{Beschreibung des Fehlers} +\end{flushleft} +Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\begin{verbatim} +\erroronpage{5}{Abs.3, Z.1}{MOs}{2005/09/01}{} + Ersetze: "`LaTeX"' \> "`\LaTeX{}"' +\end{verbatim} +Die Verwendung von Babelkommandos (etwa |"`|) ist möglich, aber Umlaute +sollten möglichst nicht als 8-bit Zeichen eingegeben werden (also besser |"a| +oder |\"a|) um Probleme mit der Kodierung zu verhindern. + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/manual.err b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/manual.err new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ea2a2435c75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/manual.err @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +\documentclass{article} + +\newcommand{\reportedby}[2]{{\small [First reported by #1 on \mbox{#2}.]}} +\newcommand{\erratum}[1]{\subsubsection*{#1}} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% MODIFICATION DATE % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% % +% Defines \moddate to expand to modification date such as % +% % +% 5 Aug 1991 % +% % +% and \prdate to print it in a large box. Assumes editor % +% updates modification date in standard SRC Gnu Emacs style. % +% (should work for any user name). % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\def\ypmd{% % +% % +% % + Last modified on Wed 18 Jan 2006 at 13:17:43 PST by lamport % + endypmd} % +% % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\newcommand{\moddate}{\expandafter\xpmd\ypmd} % +\def\xpmd Last modified % +on #1 #2 #3 #4 at #5:#6:#7 #8 by #9 endypmd{#2 #3 #4} % +\newcommand{\prdate}{\noindent\fbox{\Large\moddate}} % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\newcommand{\mytt}{\normalfont\ttfamily} +\newcommand{\cindex}{\index} +\newcommand\bs{\char '134 } % A backslash character for \tt font + +\title{Errata to the Second Edition of the \LaTeX\ Manual} +\author{Leslie Lamport} +\date{\moddate} + +\begin{document} +\maketitle + +\noindent These are all the errors and omissions to the manual, +\LaTeX: {\em A Document Preparation System}, second edition, published +by Addison-Wesley, reported as of \moddate. Positions in the book are +indicated by page and line number, where the top line of a page is +number 1 and the bottom line is number $-1$. A running head and a +page number are not considered to be lines, but all other lines are. +Please report any additional errors to me. My current email address +can be found at +{\tt http://lamport.org}. + + +\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the First Printing} + +\erratum{page 25, example of \texttt{verse} environment} +Replace \verb|{\em all\/}| by \verb|\emph{all}|. + \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994} + +\erratum{page 28, first paragraph} +Not an error, but it would be +helpful to add the following sentence to the end of that paragraph: + ``(If a declaration has arguments, they become additional +arguments of the corresponding environment's \verb|\begin| command.)'' + + +\erratum{page 33, line 10} +Add \verb|\]| to the list of fragile commands. + \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994} + +\erratum{page 43, table 3.5} +Add an entry for \verb|\notin| ($\notin$). + \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994} + +\erratum{page 72, two examples} +Change \verb|{\em ...}| to \verb|\emph{...}| + \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994} + +\erratum{page 101} +This is not an error, but some readers will find it helpful if, in the +descriptions of \verb|\setlength| and \verb|\addtolength|, +\verb|\gnat| were replaced by \verb|\parskip|. + \reportedby{Ellen Gilkerson}{9 Aug 1994} + +\erratum{page 108, lines 7 and 10} +This is not an error, but it might be easier to understand +the example if \verb|\len| were replaced by something like \verb|\saved|. + \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994} + +\erratum{page 139, lines $-8$ and $-9$} + +The funny break between these two lines should be eliminated. +\reportedby{Malcolm Clark}{9 Aug 1994} + +\erratum{page 177, line $-12$} + +The \verb|twocolumn| option cannot be used with the \verb|letters| +class. + +\erratum{page 197, lines 7 and 9} + +The \verb|figure*| environment is ended by \verb|\end{figure*}|, and +the \verb|table*| environment is ended by \verb|\end{table*}|. +\reportedby{Malcolm Clark}{9 Aug 1994} + +\erratum{page 228} + +Add a note that, before running a LaTeX2.09 file in compatibility mode +in LaTeX2e, you should delete the old versions of the auxiliary files. + +\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the Second Printing} + +\erratum{page xv, line 10} +``Chris Rowley'' should come after ``Sebastian Rahtz''. +\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{24 April 1995} + + + +\erratum{page 29, line $-10$} +Change ``error indicator line'' to ``error locator line''. +\reportedby{Xavier Perramon}{2 Jan 1995} + +\erratum{page 37, lines 26--28} +Change the two sentences ``None of these \ldots formula.'' to: +\begin{quote} +These text-producing commands can be used in math mode to put ordinary +text in a formula. (When the command is used in math mode, its +argument is processed in LR mode.) The declarations cannot be used in +math mode. Section 3.3.8 explains how to change the type style of a +formula's math-mode symbols. +\end{quote} +\reportedby{Mike Piff}{7 Mar 1995} + +\erratum{page 39, line 6} +Replace ``any mode'' with ``paragraph and LR mode''. Also, +after line 8, add: +\begin{quote} +The commands \verb|\dag|, \verb|\ddag|, \verb|\S|, and \verb|\P| +can also be used in math mode. +\end{quote} + +\erratum{page 53, line 24} +Change ``are needed in the'' to ``are used in the'' +\reportedby{Mike Piff}{21 Oct 1994} + +\erratum{page 80, line 1} +The section heading should not be outdented. +\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{23 Jan 1995} + +\erratum{page 83, line $-8$} +Change ``\verb|\resettime|'' to ``\verb|\settime|''. + +\erratum{page 84, after line $11$} Add the following sentence: ``The +\hbox{\verb|\onlyslides|} and \hbox{\verb|\onlynotes|} commands may +not work right if a \texttt{slide}, \texttt{overlay}, or \texttt{note} +environment appears in the argument of any command.'' +\reportedby{Eike Ritter}{May 1996} + +\erratum{page 153, line 1} +Add ``or subentry'' after ``entry''. +\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{22 Feb 1995} + +\erratum{page 171} +Add the following before line $-4$: +\begin{description} +\item[\mytt \bs columnwidth] +Normal width + \cindex{columnwidth}% +of a column; +% \index{column!width}% + \index{width!of column}% +equals \verb|\textwidth| except for multiple-column styles. +Its value should not be changed with the length-setting commands. +\end{description} +Also, in line $-4$, change \verb|\textwidth| to \verb|\columnwidth|. +%\reportedby{Volker Kuhlmav}{20 Jan 1995} +\reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{9 Sep 1994} + +\erratum{page 180, lines 15--19} +% +Replace these five lines (which begin ``These commands are overridden'') +with: +\begin{itemize} \item[] +To override a heading on a right-hand page (any page for one-sided +printing), put a \verb|\markright| after the sectioning command and in +its mandatory argument, and add an optional argument without the +\verb|markright|, as in +\begin{itemize} +\item[] + \verb|\chapter[Gnu Scents]{Gnu Scents\markright{|\textit{right\_head}\verb|}}|\\ + \verb|\markright{|\textit{right\_head}\verb|}| +\end{itemize} +To change the heading on a left-hand page, put a \verb|\markboth| +command immediately after the sectioning command. +\end{itemize} +\reportedby{Jerome Breitenbach}{14 Dec 1995} + +\erratum{page 182} +The dimensions +\verb|\pageheight| and \verb|\pagewidth| +should be \verb|\paperheight| and \verb|\paperwidth|, +respectively. (The index entries on page 260 should also be changed.) +\reportedby{Alan Jeffrey, on behalf of a user}{12 Sep 1995} +\erratum{page 192, line 19} +Change ``\emph{cmd}'' to ``\emph{def}''. +\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{9 Mar 1995} + + +\erratum{page 195, line 14} +Change ``numbered `within' it'' to ``numbered directly `within' it''. +\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{5 Dec 1994} + +\erratum{page 197, line 14} +After ``\verb|\textwidth|'' add ``or \verb|\columnwidth|'' +\reportedby{Volker Kuhlmann}{22 Jan 1995} + +\erratum{page 226} + +After line 7, add +\begin{quote} +These declarations may not be used in math mode. +\end{quote} +Replace lines 16-19 (beginning ``None of these commands'') with +\begin{quote} +When these commands are used in math mode, the \emph{text} +argument is processed in LR mode. + +These commands and declarations are robust. Words typeset in +typewriter style are not hyphenated except where permitted by \verb|\-| +commands. +\end{quote} +\reportedby{Marc Lavine}{22 Aug 1995} + +\erratum{page 228} +To the section ``Type Styles and Sizes'', add the following sentence: +A few mathematical symbols now require the \texttt{latexsym} package---see +Tables 3.4--3.7. + +\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the Sixteenth Printing} + +\erratum{page 42, line 14} +Change ``through a symbol'' by ``through a relation symbol''. +\reportedby{Frank Mittelbach}{15 Nov 1996} + +\erratum{page 42, Table 3.4} +\verb|\land| should be listed as a synonym for \verb|\wedge|, and +\verb|\lor| should be listed as a synonym for \verb|\vee|. +\reportedby{Chris Rowley}{28 Oct 1998} + +\erratum{page 43, Table 3.7} +\verb|\lnot| should be listed as a synonym for \verb|\neg|. +\reportedby{Chris Rowley}{15 Oct 1998} + +\erratum{page 137} This is not an error, but it would be better to +change lines 23 and 24 to: +\begin{quote} +\LaTeX\ + \index{file!not found error}% + \index{file!nonexistent}% +is trying to read a file that apparently doesn't exist. If the missing +file has the extension \texttt{tex}, then \LaTeX\ is trying to + \index{input)@\verb+\input+!of nonexistent file}% + \index{include)@\verb+\include+!of nonexistent file}% +\verb|\input| or \verb|\include| it; if it +\end{quote} + +\erratum{page 171, line 19} +Change the description of \verb|\indent| to: +\begin{description} +\item[\mytt \bs indent] +Produces a +% \cindex{indent}% +% \index{paragraph!indentation}% +horizontal space whose width equals the width of the +paragraph indentation. It can be used to add a paragraph indentation +where one would otherwise be suppressed. (If it doesn't work, +try typing \verb|\indent\indent|.) Robust. +\end{description} +\reportedby{Chris Rowley}{15 Oct 1998} + +\erratum{page 179, line 19} +% +Change to: +\begin{quote} +page style for the \texttt{article} and \texttt{report} document classes. +\end{quote} +\reportedby{Stephen J. Alter}{17 Sep 1997} + +\erratum{page 195, line 28} +Replace ``\textit{num}$_1$ and \textit{num}$_1$ are numbers'' +with ``\textit{num}$_1$ and \textit{num}$_2$ are numbers''. +\reportedby{Magnus Lewis-Smith}{14 Jan 1999} + +\erratum{page 196, line $-5$} +Change \verb|\newboolean{|\emph{name}\verb|}| to +\verb|\newboolean{|\emph{nam}\verb|}|. +\reportedby{Christopher von B\"{u}low}{28 Aug 2000} + + +\erratum{page 198, line 14} +Change ``it will not be printed'' to ``it will usually not be printed''. + +\erratum{page 218, line $-14$} +Change ``\texttt{tabular}'' to ``\texttt{tabbing}''. +\reportedby{Carlos Pita}{27 Aug 2001} + +\erratum{foldout, column 3, line 3} +Replace \emph{style} with \emph{class}. \reportedby{Christopher von B\"{u}low}{28 Aug 2000} + +\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the Seventeenth Printing} + +\erratum{page 51, line 8} +Change ``The \verb|\,| command'' to ``The \verb|\,| and \verb*|\ | commands''. +\reportedby{Phillip J Shelton}{2 Jul 1999} + +\erratum{page 61, second example (middle of page)} +Remove the \verb|\mbox{}| following the \texttt{tabbing} environment. +\reportedby{Marcin Wolinski}{17 Sep 2003} + +\erratum{page 210, line 20} +Add a space after ``bibliography''. +\reportedby{Marcin Wolinski}{17 Sep 2003} + +\subsection*{Error Corrected in the Twenty-First Printing} +\erratum{page 198, line $-11$} +The sentence beginning ``The last three rules'' is hard to read. Better +would be: +\begin{quote} +\noindent The last three rules are suspended when a + \verb|\clearpage|,\linebreak + \verb|\cleardoublepage|, or + \verb|\end{document}| command occurs, +at which point all unprocessed figures and tables are allowed a +\hbox{\mytt p} option and printed. +\end{quote} +\reportedby{Paul Stanford}{9 Oct 2004} + +\subsection*{Error Corrected in the Twenty-Second Printing} + +\erratum{page 253, column 2, lines $-5$ and $-6$} + +The two index entries for \verb|\ldots| should be combined. + + +\reportedby{Christopher Dutchyn}{22 July 2005} + +\end{document} + +%try +%try diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/tlc2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/tlc2.err new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..72e8b551a06 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/tlc2.err @@ -0,0 +1,4499 @@ +\def\readRCS$#1 #2 #3 #4 #5${\def\erratafiledate{#4}} +\readRCS +$Id: tlc2.err,v 1.88 2006/05/18 09:48:54 mittelba Exp $ + +\def\comando#1{\texttt{\string#1}} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through +% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and +% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify +% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata +% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the +% .cfg file. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\begin{filecontents}{errata.cls} +% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005 Frank Mittelbach +% This file is distributed under LPPL + +\ProvidesClass{errata} + [2005/11/10 v0.9a Mini class for errata files subject to change (FMi)] + +\LoadClass{article} + +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1} +\addtolength\textwidth{5cm} +\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm} + +\addtolength\textheight{36pt} + +\RequirePackage{shortvrb} +\MakeShortVerb{\|} + +\RequirePackage{array,longtable} +\RequirePackage{multicol} + + +\newcommand\erratagetnumber{} +\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3} + + +\newcommand\gobbleerrata{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup + \let\endgobble\egroup + \let\hideamp\relax + \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par} + +\newcommand*\hideamp{&} + +\let\endgobble\relax + + +\newcommand\erratastartdate{} +\newcommand\myprinting{1} + + +\newcommand\doweprint[2]{% + \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi + \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber < + \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax + \@tempswatrue + \else + \@tempswafalse + \fi + \else + \@tempswafalse + \fi +} + + + +\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate} +\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and} + +\newcommand\showallerrors{% + \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}% + \renewcommand\printedentries{up to} + \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}} + + +\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{% + \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi} + +\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{% + \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}} + +\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg} + { + \input{\jobname.cfg} + \typeout{***************************************************} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found } + \typeout{*} + \typeout{***************************************************} + \AtEndDocument{ + \typeout{***************************************************} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing} + \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision} + \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date} + \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* Current settings are:} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting} + \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{***************************************************} + }} + {} + +%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision> + +\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{% + \endgobble + \doweprint{#4}{#5}% + \if@tempswa + \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \else + \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \expandafter\gobbleerrata + \fi + \hideamp \\% + \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} + \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp +} + +\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{% + \endgobble + \doweprint{#4}{#5}% + \if@tempswa + \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \else + \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \expandafter\gobbleerrata + \fi + \hideamp \\% + \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill + \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} + \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp +} + +\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble + &\\[4pt]% + \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\} + +\newenvironment{erratalist} + {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}} + {\endgobble\end{longtable}} + +\newcommand\erratatitle[2] + {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries + Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt] + \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\ + (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document + with different config settings) + \end{center}% + \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}% + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \vspace{20pt}} + +\pagestyle{myheadings} + +\AtBeginDocument{\small} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{2pt} + +\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par} + +% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands: + +\let\u\underline +\renewcommand\>{$\to$} + +%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of +%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get +%%% too many :-) + +\def\count@contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{ + \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}% +%%% also count secondary: +%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% +} + +\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{% + \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil + \endgobble + \doweprint{#4}{#5}% + \if@tempswa + \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \else + \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \expandafter\gobbleerrata + \fi + \hideamp \\% + \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} + \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp +} + +\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{% + \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil + \endgobble + \doweprint{#4}{#5}% + \if@tempswa + \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \else + \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \expandafter\gobbleerrata + \fi + \hideamp \\% + \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill + \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} + \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp +} + +\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{% + \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} + +\end{filecontents} + + +\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg} +% +% +% Configuration file for the errata listing of +% +% The LaTeX Companion, Second Edition +% +% +% \erratastartdate +% +% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed. +% +% The format is YYYY/MM/DD. +% +% The default below ensures that all entries are typeset (for a +% specified printing) +% + +\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2004/04/22} + + +% +% \myprinting +% +% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you +% have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already +% corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata +% listing. +% +% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the x-th +% printing are typeset. +% +% + +\renewcommand\myprinting{1} +\renewcommand\myprinting{2} % 3rd printing was without corrections +\renewcommand\myprinting{4} % September 2005 + +% +% \norevisionnumbers +% +% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same +% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed +% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in +% italic and add the revision number as a superscript. + +% +% \showallerrors +% +% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are +% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and +% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by +% default. +% +% +\endinput +\end{filecontents} + + +\documentclass{errata}[2005/11/10] % we want new class + +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\let\u\underline % shortcut for this file +\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$} + +\usepackage{textcomp} + +\usepackage{url} + +\begin{document} + +\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Companion, Second Edition}{\erratafiledate} + + +\begin{verbatim} +@book(A-W:MG04, + author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens}, + title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion}, + edition = 2, + note = {With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley}, + series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting}, + publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + address = {Boston, Massachusetts}, + year = 2004, + pagenums = {1120}, + bibliography = {yes}, + index = {yes}, + isbn = {0-201-36299-6}, +) +\end{verbatim} + + +\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}} +\item[] + +This file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found as part of the \LaTeX{} +distribution and its latest version is maintained on the \LaTeX{} +project site at \texttt{http://www.latex-project.org/guides/\jobname.err} +where you will also find extracts of the book. + +The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata +entry. Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed +revision in which this entry was corrected (\textit{s} indicates a +correction in the sources only). The second +column gives the precise location (negative line or paragraph numbers +are counted from the bottom of the page). The third column shows the +first finder of the problem. + +You can customize this list to only show errata related to the printing +you own by changing the configuration in the file \texttt{\jobname.cfg}. + +\begin{center} + \Large \bfseries To Err is Human --- Bug Contest +\end{center} + +Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our book. +For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (every +half year for 6 periods) to the eligible person who finds the largest +number of bugs during that period (in case of a draw a random choice +will be made between all those with the largest number of findings). +A person can receive at most one prize, ever; errors found by any of +the authors do not count. + +Each prize is a free choice of any single computing book found on the +AW Professional web site \texttt{http://www.awprofessional.com} (that +is, no boxed sets or multiple volume offers). + + +As usual, the authors and publisher reserve the right to make various +decisions such as whether a reported feature is an error for +competitive purposes or whether similar features count as a single or +multiple errors. --- +Good luck! + +\begin{center} +\begin{tabular}{clr@{ suggestions}} +Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt] +2004/10 & Hubert G\"a\ss lein & 287 \\ +2005/04 & Ulrich Dirr & 11 \\ +2005/10 & Daniel Alonso i Alemany & 13 \\ +2006/04 & Michael Schutte & 2 \\ +2006/10 & \\ +2007/04 & +\end{tabular} +\end{center} +\end{list} + +\newpage + + +%<-------------------------- + +\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX} + +\begin{erratalist} + +\CHAPTER{General } + +\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{} + + To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed + exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential + for correctly understanding the book contents. + +\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{} + + Due to the printing process there may be small alignment problems + between blue and black text on some pages. These can vary from book + to book depending on how the paper was handled between print + runs---such is the analog nature of printing on a press. + + + +\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/07/28}{} + Slightly updated examples matching the second printing will be made + available at CTAN: \texttt{info/examples/tlc2}. The book CD will + have the original examples from the first printing. + + + +\CHAPTER{Front matter} + +\erroronpage{iv}{bottom}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + Some updates indicating second printing (with corrections) + +\erroronpage{v}{l.7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} + For the record: the term ``for ever'' is the British spelling and a + conscious decision. + +\erroronpage{xiii}{\S 8.6.2}{FMi}{2004/06/21}{2} + Change section heading: ``Operator \u{and function} names'' + +\erroronpage{xxiii}{11.2}{FMi}{2004/07/26}{2} + Change table caption: ``Languages supported by \u{\texttt{texindy}}'' + +\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 1, l.1+6+7}{CAR}{2004/05/20}{2} + Each time a space is missing between package names in parentheses. + +\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 1, l.-2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2} + Add: ``Thorsten Hansen (\textsf{bibunits}\u{, \textsf{multibib}}) + +\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 4, l.2}{NBe}{2004/04/23}{2} + Replace ``Wai Wing'' with ``Wai Wong'' (very sorry for this typo). + +\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 4, l.2}{MHCL/CAR}{2004/06/09}{2} + Kai Tek airport is correctly named Kai Tak airport but the photo + was actually taken at Hong Kong International Airport + +\erroronpage{xxvii}{after para 4}{FMi}{2004/06/09}{2} + Add following paragraph: +``Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our +book. We would therefore like to thank those readers who reported +any of the mistakes which had been overlooked so far. +The latest version of the errata file can +be found on the \LaTeX{} project site at +\texttt{http://www.latex-project.org/guides/tlc2.err} where you will also +find an on-line version of the index and other extracts from the book.'' + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 1} + +\erroronpage{2}{para 5, l.1}{MSc}{2004/06/03}{2} + Replace: LaTeX \> \LaTeX{} + +\erroronpage{7}{para 5, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + Missing word and wrong designation of acronym: + ``\ldots\ + languages such \u{as} the \u{Portable Document} Format (PDF) + \ldots'' + + +\erroronpage{7}{para 5, l.-2}{MSc/CAR}{2004/06/06}{2} +Replace: ``\ldots produce other device-independent + output forms in proprietary languages such as the Portable Document + Format~(PDF) (extension~\texttt{.pdf}).'' \> \\ + ``\ldots produce device-independent + file formats including the Portable Document Format~(PDF) + (extension~\texttt{.pdf}), which is the native file format of Adobe + Acrobat.'' + + +\erroronpage{13}{para -2, l.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + Replace ``writes'' with ``write''. + +%\erroronpage{13}{last para, l.1}{MSc}{2004/06/08}{} +% ``blue notes`` vertically misaligned + +\erroronpage{14}{para 2, l.2}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{2} + Bug in \texttt{url.sty} generated extra space. + +\erroronpage{14}{para 2, l.6}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + Printing problem: ``or'' only half visible. + +\erroronpage{14}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + Printing problem: ``d'' in ``document'' only half visible. + +\erroronpage{14}{exa 1-3-5, l.6}{DHL}{2004/05/14}{2} + Printing problem: ``i'' in ``\verb=\section='' not visible. + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 2} + +\erroronpage{16}{para 4,ll.2--4}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4} + Nitpicking? Code for class options will not be in a package file!\\ + ``Code for \u{class} options is sometimes stored in files + (in \u{this case} with the extension \texttt{.clo}) but is normally + directly specified in the class or package file (\dots).'' + \>\\ + ``Code for options is sometimes stored in files + (in \u{the case of classes} with the extension \texttt{.clo}) but + is normally + directly specified in the class or package file (\dots).'' + +\erroronpage{16}{para 4, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/10/10}{4} + Although not wrong, better: + ``For example, + the option \texttt{11pt} \u{might be} related to + \u{\texttt{art11.clo}} when\ldots'' + \> + ``For example, + the option \texttt{11pt} \u{is} related to + \u{\texttt{size11.clo}} when\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{20}{para 1, l.-2}{BMo}{2004/05/14}{2} + Words need to be swapped: ``\ldots can achieve \u{this effect} by + \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{20}{footnote, l.2}{MSc/FMi}{2004/06/10}{2} + Replace ``e.g.,'' with ``i.e.,'' + +\erroronpage{21}{para 1 of 2.1.4, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + Words need to be swapped: + ``\ldots package \u{created by} Donald Arseneau.'' + +\erroronpage{24}{para -2,ll.-3\slash -2}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4} + \LaTeX{}nically not correct:\\ + ``\u{all} lower-level counter\u{s} (i.e., \u{those} with + higher-level number\u{s}) \u{are} reset.''\>\\ + ``\u{the next} lower-level counter (i.e., \u{that} with \u{the next} + higher-level number) \u{is} reset.'' + +\seriouserroronpage{26}{footnote}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + Misplaced closing brace (see example 2-2-3):\\ + \verb=\fbox{\csname thesection\endcsname\hspace{0.5em}=% + \u{\texttt{\textbraceright}} + \> + \verb=\fbox{\csname thesection\endcsname=% + \u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}\verb=\hspace{0.5em}= + +\erroronpage{27}{exa 2-2-4}{MBr}{2004/08/01}{2} + Rewrite example text to avoid overfull hbox. + +\erroronpage{27}{para -2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + Missing italic correction: + \verb=\=\emph{name}\verb=mark= + + +\seriouserroronpage{28}{afterskip item, ll.3--4}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4} + \LaTeX{}nically not correct (cf.\ latex/3463):\\ + ``\dots\ whether a display heading (\textit{afterskip}${}\geq0$) or a + run-in heading (\textit{afterskip}${}<0$) is produced.''\>\\ + ``\dots\ whether a display heading (\textit{afterskip}${}>0$) or a + run-in heading (\textit{afterskip}${}\leq0$) is produced.'' + +\seriouserroronpage{32}{para -1,l.4--7}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/20}{2} + Replace: ``The modified |\section| command +also starts a new page, which is typeset with a special page style +(see Chapter~4) and with +top floats suppressed. +The indentation of the first paragraph in a +section is also suppressed by using the low-level kernel command + |\@afterheading| and setting +the Boolean switch \texttt{@afterindent} to \texttt{false}. +For details on the use of these commands see the |\chapter| implementation in +the standard classes (file \texttt{classes.dtx}).'' + +\seriouserroronpage{33}{code}{FMi}{2004/05/20}{2} + Replace code as follows to make statement on p.32 true:\\ +\hspace{0pt minus\linewidth}\begin{minipage}{1.35\linewidth} +\begin{verbatim} +\makeatletter + \renewcommand\appendix{% + \renewcommand\section{% % Redefinition of \section... + \newpage\thispagestyle{plain}% % new page, folio bottom + \suppressfloats[t]\@afterindentfalse % no top floats, no indent + \secdef\Appendix\sAppendix}% % call \Appendix or \sAppendix + \setcounter{section}{0}\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}} + + \newcommand\Appendix[2][?]{% % Complex form: + \refstepcounter{section}% % step counter/ set label + \addcontentsline{toc}{appendix}% % generate toc entry + {\protect\numberline{\appendixname~\thesection}#1}% + {\raggedleft\large\bfseries \appendixname\ % typeset the title + \thesection\par \centering#2\par}% % and number + \@afterheading % prepare indentation handling + \sectionmark{#1}% % add to running header + \addvspace{\baselineskip}} % space after heading + + \newcommand\sAppendix[1]{% % Simplified (starred) form + {\raggedleft\large\bfseries\appendixname\par \centering#1\par}% + \@afterheading\addvspace{\baselineskip}} +\makeatother +\end{verbatim} +\end{minipage} + +\erroronpage{30}{para-3, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4} + ``page 426'' should be ``page 428'' + +\seriouserroronpage{33}{code}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + Definitions of \verb=\Appendix= and \verb=\sAppendix= use + \verb=\flushright= instead of \verb=\raggedleft=! + + Editorial note: already addressed in previous major change. + +\erroronpage{33}{exa 2-2-11}{MBr}{2004/08/01}{2} + Text contains two spaces after period (not wrong but unnecessary). + +\erroronpage{33}{exa 2-2-11}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + Comment only needs one \% not two. + +% not really a bug but ... +\erroronpage{35}{para 1}{hajk}{2005/09/29}{} + Package fncychap also makes unwanted ``Chapter 0'' heading for + |\chapter{Preface}| in |\frontmatter| of book. + + Comment: I don't really consider this a bug (as it is not surprising + with such designs) but will see if it can be explicitly mentioned. + +\seriouserroronpage{45}{para 2, l.13}{DHL}{2004/05/27}{2} + In the displayed code, the second occurrence of + ``\verb=\renewcommand\theBhead=\dots'' \> + ``\verb=\renewcommand\theChead=\dots'' + +\erroronpage{37}{para 3, l.-2}{FMi}{2004/10/21}{4} + Replace: ``\ldots title in lowercase'' \> + ``\ldots title in \u{small capitals}'' + +\erroronpage{46}{para -2,l.3}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4} + Delete: ``need\u{ed}'' \> ``need'' + +\erroronpage{48}{para 2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + Delete doubled word: + ``(\ldots\ to the \u{the} table of contents)'' + +\erroronpage{49}{para 3, l.2}{DHL/CAR}{2004/05/27}{2} + Replace: ``Thereby, the result of'' \> + ``The exact effect of'' + +\erroronpage{50}{para -4, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + Add remark: + ``\ldots, so that the standard document classes have definitions + for \verb=\l@part= and \verb=\l@chapter= + \u{(or \texttt{\char`\\l@section} with \textsf{article})} + that do not use \verb=\@dottedtocline=.'' + +\erroronpage{50}{para --1}{FMi}{2004/10/22}{4} + Replace para with: + The nesting level of the entry. + With the help of the counter \texttt{tocdepth} the user can + control how many nesting levels will be displayed. + Levels greater than the value of this counter + will not appear in the table of contents. + + +\erroronpage{51}{fig.~2.3}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + The lines of the ``heading text'' are wrapped at a place different + from that indicated by the \verb=|<- \@tocrmarg ->|=. + +\seriouserroronpage{51}{descr. of + \texttt{\textbackslash + @pnumwidth}}{CBa}{2005/04/04}{4} + Needs changing with |\renewcommand|! + +\seriouserroronpage{51}{descr. of + \texttt{\textbackslash @tocrmarg}}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/20}{2} + Add additional sentence: + ``It can be set to a rubber length, which results in the TOC being set + unjustified.'' + +\erroronpage{51}{footnote}{FMi}{2004/09/19}{4} + Add: ``\ldots See Section 7.10.3 \u{on page 428} for more\ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{52}{para 2, exa}{CBa}{2005/04/04}{4} + As |\@pnumwidth| is actually a macro the assignment using + |\settowidth| unfortunately doesn't work at all. + Instead a value needs to be assigned via |\renewcommand|. + +\erroronpage{52}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + Printing problem: ``w'' in ``down'' only half visible. + +\erroronpage{52}{middle}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2} + Add after code line: + ``When adjusting \verb=\@pnumwidth= this way it is likely that the + value of \verb=\@tocrmarg= needs to be changed as well to keep the + layout of the table of contents consistent.'' + +\seriouserroronpage{52}{para 3, l.-1}{JJN}{2004/08/17}{4} + Replace ``and section'' with ``section, and subsection''. + (or replace code above to use |\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}| and speak + of "first" level) + +\erroronpage{55}{ll.-8/-7}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2} + Missing word: ``\ldots\ is defined by \u{the} second argument.'' + +\erroronpage{56}{footnote}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} +Remove: ``\ldots are limited to three characters, like MS-DOS \u{or Windows}.'' + +\seriouserroronpage{57}{tab.~2.3}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2} + \verb=\mtcPSfont= \> \verb=\mtcSPfont=\\ + \verb=\nomtcrules= \> \verb=\nomtcrule=\\ + \verb=\mtcrules= \> \verb=\mtcrule= + +\seriouserroronpage{57}{para-2, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2} + \verb=\partoc= \> \verb=\parttoc= + + \erroronpage{58}{exa 2-3-8}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} + km2 appears two times in the code and in the printed output; + it should be \verb=km\textsuperscript={2} in the code + and km\textsuperscript{2} in the output. + +\erroronpage{62}{l.-11}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2} + ``recourse'' \> ``recur'' + +\erroronpage{63}{para 1, l.1}{FMi}{2004/11/11}{4} + Typo: ``This artific\u{i}al example shows how'' + +\erroronpage{65}{para 2, l.-1}{CKr}{2004/10/15}{4} + Correct: ``formated'' \> ``format\u{t}ed'' + +\erroronpage{66}{marginal note}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + Restrictions on keys deserve a dangerous bend sign. + +\erroronpage{68}{exa 2-4-3}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2} + The box in the margin ``\fbox{2-4-3}'' is shifted right + (with respect to other such boxes). + +\erroronpage{72}{para 3, l.-3}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/21}{2} + Change/add: + ``\ldots by comparing \u{the number of the chapter} in which the +|\label| \u{occurred} with the current\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{75}{para -1, l.2}{CKr}{2004/10/17}{4} + Change: ``provided the \textit{keys}'' \> + ``provided the \textit{key}\u{s}'' + +\seriouserroronpage{76}{para -2, l.5--8}{DAr/FMi}{2004/07/24}{2} +Change marginal to ``{\itshape Unnumbered sections get moving +arguments}'' + +Change text to: ``As a consequence, \u{the +arguments of unnumbered sectioning commands} are turned into +moving arguments, \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{77}{para -1, l.-4}{DAr}{2004/07/24}{2} + Add: ``In addition, no \u{unrelated} |\addcontentsline| command is +allowed to intervene between heading and label.'' + +\erroronpage{78}{\S 2.4.5, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2} + Add: ``Sebastian + Rahtz \u{(with contributions by Heiko Oberdiek and + David Carlisle)} has developed\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{78}{para 3, l.3}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2} + Program name changed: ``Acrobat Reader'' \> ``Adobe Reader'' + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 3} + +\erroronpage{84}{}{DAr}{2004/07/23}{2} +Change: ``For example, if the current size is \u{\ttfamily\textbackslash Large} then +\verb=\relsize{-2}= would change to \u{\ttfamily\textbackslash normalsize}\,. + +\seriouserroronpage{84}{exa 3-1-7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + To avoid extra space in the output, second line should read:\\ + \verb*= {\relsize{-2}small words} inside.= + +\erroronpage{85}{para -1, l.5}{WaS/FMi}{2004/06/16}{2} + Change: ``ON 28TH \u{OF} JULY 2003'' \> ``ON 2ND AUGUST 2004'' + (no OF generated) + +\seriouserroronpage{87}{para 3, l.1}{DAr}{2004/07/24}{2} + Replace: |\uuline| \> |\uline| + +\erroronpage{87}{exa. 3-1-15}{V-Li}{2004/08/14}{} + \verb+\-+ should be used on a word that is actually hyphenated. + + Well, would be nice but not easy to find one. + +\erroronpage{87}{exa. 3-1-16}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2} + The solid band produced by |\xout| is actually supposed to come + out as a series of separated ``/'' symbols. With the + \texttt{ulem} package used for the first printing that works well + for most text fonts, but + with Times Roman (used in the example) you get the result shown. + The new package version fixes this defect. + +\erroronpage{92}{para 3, l.1+4}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2} +Change: ``The position and the \u{height} of the line +produced by the |\ul| command can be customized using either +|\setul| or |\setuldepth|\,. The command |\setul| takes two +dimensions as arguments: the position of the line in relation to the +baseline and the \u{height} of the line. + +\erroronpage{92}{para -1}{FMi}{2004/07/31}{2} +Add: ``\ldots can use colored rules instead and, if desired, modify the +highlighting color\u{ as demonstrated below}: + +\erroronpage{95}{exa 3-1-33}{MHo/FMi}{2004/05/17}{2} + Replace: ``setup'' by ``set-up'' for consistency. + +\erroronpage{102}{para 1, l.-3}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2} + Replace: ``in great \u{of} detail'' with ``in great detail''. + +\erroronpage{103}{l.8}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2} + Replace: ``arbitrary bad lines'' \> ``arbitrar\u{il}y bad lines'' + +\erroronpage{105}{para -3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2} + Replace: ``typesetting'' \> ``typing'' + + + +\erroronpage{107}{l.3--7}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4} + |\linespread| is the \LaTeXe\ command for + setting up the value of \comando{\baselinestretch}; it is not necessary + to use |\renewcommand| and in particular it is not necessary to + activate the new interline spacing by changing font; it suffices the command + |\selectfont|; the procedure described in this paragraph, + although still possible, was the one to use with \LaTeX\,209 and with the + early versions of \LaTeXe, and it was the only way when the First Edition was + published. The command |\linespread| is introduced the first + time on page~204, but section 3.1.13 was the right place to do it. + + +\erroronpage{107}{para 4, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2} + Delete word: ``\ldots\ single\u{ (default)}, \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{107}{para -1, l.3--5}{DHL/FMi}{2004/06/07}{2} + Add/change: + ``\ldots leading is increased twice---once by |\baselineskip| (where + \LaTeX{} already adds about 20\% space between baselines)\ldots'' \> +``\ldots leading is \u{effectively} increased twice---once by |\baselineskip| (\u{which + \LaTeX{} already sets to about 20\% above the font size})\ldots'' + + +\erroronpage{116}{Footnote 1, line 1}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2} + Replace: ``I managed to confuse'' with ``we managed to confuse''. + +\erroronpage{117}{para 2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2} + Missing letter: ``It take\u{s} two \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{117}{para 3, l.3}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2} + Tense correction: ``\ldots they did not change when the text font + \u{was} modified''. + +\erroronpage{117}{para 3,l.-3}{FMi}{2004/05/31}{2} + Change: ``your list consist of'' \> ``your list\u{s} consist of''. + +\erroronpage{117}{para 3,l.-2}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2} + Change: ``lists consist\u{s} of'' \> ``lists consist of''. + +\erroronpage{117}{footnote}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2} + Missing word: ``See, \ldots, the \textsf{ledmac} package [171] + \u{for} the kinds of \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{119}{para 2, l.1}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2} + Replace word: ``By default, the footnote text is \u{justified}\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{121}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2} + Missing word: ``the \texttt{symbol*} \u{option}'' + +\erroronpage{124}{middle para, ll. -3/-2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2} + Missing word: ``It is even possible \u{to} use \ldots'' + +\iffalse +%% only do if real error on page +\erroronpage{125}{para 3 of \S 3.2.7, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{} + Word position: ``\ldots\ whenever |\endnote| or |\endnotemark| + \u{is used} without an optional argument.'' +\fi + +\erroronpage{127}{para 3, l.last}{PYu}{2004/07/01}{2} + Replace: ``ragged left'' \> ``ragged right''. + +\erroronpage{131}{footnote, l.1}{CBC}{2004/05/19}{2} + Change: ``is not producing'' \> ``does not produce''. + +\seriouserroronpage{141}{syntax box}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2} + Replace: + \emph{body-font} \> \emph{body-style}\\ + \emph{head-font} \> \emph{head-style}\\ + \emph{head-after-format} \> \emph{head-after-space} + +\erroronpage{142}{exa 3-3-21/22}{UZi}{2005/03/15}{} + With the newest version of \texttt{amsthm} the font setting for the headline + is ignored for the optional description of the theorem (looks like a + bug in amsthm). + +\erroronpage{142}{exa 3-3-21}{FMi}{2005/08/15}{4} + There is an incompatibility between \texttt{amsthm} and + \texttt{ragged2e}. If the latter is used then the use of |\newline| + in a theorem declaration doesn't work. + +\erroronpage{142}{para -2, l.1}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2} + Missing word: ``make'' \> ``\u{to} make''. + +\seriouserroronpage{148}{exa 3-3-26}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2} + In the example, |\hfil| is used; the text immediately before says: + ``By using |\hfill| \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{150}{exa 3-3-28}{HjG}{2004/05/27}{2} + Nit-picking :-)\\ + Comment should read: ``|%|\quad\texttt{term <\u{=} labelwidth}''\\ + And in ll.2/3 of the text following the example: + ``If the label is \u{smaller} than |\labelwidth|, \ldots'' \> + ``\ldots\ \u{not wider} \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{150}{Example 3-3-28, line 7}{UF}{2004/06/27}{2} +In the code of the parbox there should be a |\mbox{}| or something +similar after the |\\| to prevent an underfull hbox-warning. + +\erroronpage{150}{exa 3-3-28}{JBez}{2004/07/20}{} + The vertical space above "Return values" is too small. + +\erroronpage{151}{para 3, l.2}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2} + Wrong word: to match the example, + ``\textsc{Notes}'' should be ``\textsc{Note}'' + +\erroronpage{152}{l.-1 before exa 3-4-2}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2} + Replace: ``(see page 167)'' \> ``(see page 168)'' + +\erroronpage{155}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2} + Replace: ``behaves similarly to'' + \> ``is much like'' + +\erroronpage{155}{para -2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2} + Replace: ``behave in similar fashion to'' + \> ``\ldots in \u{a fashion similar} to'' + +\erroronpage{156}{para -1, l.4}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2} + Change: ``There is also the possibility to operate'' \> ``It is also + possible to operate''. + +\erroronpage{157}{para 2, l.-4}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2} + Change: ``\ldots discussed below) are potentially'' \> ``\ldots + discussed below) \u{is} potentially''. + +\erroronpage{158}{para3, l.3}{DHL/FMi}{2004/06/07}{2} + Change word: ``tiny white rules \u{behind} the lines'' \> ``tiny white + rules \u{between} the lines''. + +\erroronpage{166}{syntax box}{CAR}{2004/06/02}{2} + Remove extra space: ``\ldots\verb*/}=/\u{~}\emph{data}\texttt='' + +\erroronpage{167}{para 1, l.2}{DAl}{2005/01/11}{4} + Missing letter: ``\ldots bold italic face exi\u{s}ts.'' + +\erroronpage{168}{para 3, l.2}{MLa}{2004/05/10}{2} + Letter missing: ``While on\u{e} can successfully deploy a + package\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{169}{tab.~3.7}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2} + Spurious space: ``Pascal (\u{ \strut}Borland, \ldots)'' + +\erroronpage{169}{tab.~3.7}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/21}{2} + Move the information about blue entries to a separate table note. + +\erroronpage{173}{para 2, l.2}{FMi}{2004/11/11}{4} + Typo: ``to indicate that the line was artific\u{i}ally broken'' + +\erroronpage{175}{para 1, l.6}{FMi}{2005/02/22}{4} + Replace: \textsf{inputenclistings} \> \textsf{inputenc} + +\erroronpage{177}{exa 3-5-1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/31}{2} + In the first paragraph, the ``\ldots \verb*=.\para='' yields a + single (sentence ending) interword space; but in the following + three, ``\ldots \verb*=. \para='' yields doubled space. + (Due to the leading space in the definition of |\para|.) + The same problem is in exa 3-5-2 except that there is does not show + in the output due to a linebreak. + +\seriouserroronpage{177/178}{ll.-2/-1/1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/01}{2} + Missing word and references to wrong paragraphs of exa 3-5-2:\\ + ``The line numbers in the second |\marginpar| continue the + numbering on the main vertical list (the last line of \u{first} + paragraph was~5) and the \u{second} paragraph then continues with + line number~9.'' + \\ \> + ``\ldots\ (the last line of \u{the} \u{preceding} paragraph was~5) and + the \u{third} paragraph \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{179}{exa 3-5-5}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2} + In the first paragraph, the two instances of + ``|\linelabel{|\ldots|}|\verb*= \sample='' + yield double (sentence ending) interword space. + (Due to the leading space in the definition of |\sample|.) + +\erroronpage{179}{Example 3-5-5, l.-2}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2} + Change: ``we see to refer to'' \> ``we see references to''. + +\erroronpage{182}{para 2, l.-2}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2} + Change: ``of an \verb=\Parallel..Text='' \> ``of \u{a} + \verb=\Parallel..Text=. + +\erroronpage{182}{para 3, l.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/31}{2} + ``computer \u{lingua}'' \> ``computer \u{jargon}'' + +\erroronpage{182}{exa 3-5-11}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/31}{2} + Small improvement:\\ + |\setlength\parindent{|\u{\texttt{-10pt}}|}| \> + \ldots \u{\texttt{\char`\{-\char`\\leftskip\char`\}}} + +\iffalse only on some books +\erroronpage{183}{exa 3-5-13}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{} + Printing problem: + ``|[|'' in ``|\begin{Parallel}[v]{}{}|'' only half visible. +\fi + +\erroronpage{184}{footnote 1, l.1--2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2} + Rewrite beginning: ``Although the \textsf{multicol} package is + distributed under LPPL (\LaTeX{} Project Public License)~[111], for + historical reasons its copyright contains an additional ``moral + obligation'' clause\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{189}{para 3, l.2}{MHo}{2004/05/08}{2} + Spurious extra letter: ``If this is a + possibility, \texttt{multicols}\u{t} produces a warning.'' + +\erroronpage{189}{para -2, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2} + Extra word: ``bars in the margin, \u{the} known as \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{189}{par -1, l.4/5}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2} + Add comma: ``However, if \ldots\ another\u{,} the \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{190}{}{FMi}{2004/06/13}{2} + Editorial comment: changes for page 189 affect page break position + so 190 has to be retypeset for second printing. + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 4} + +\erroronpage{199}{code block}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2} + Change: + \texttt{\u{1in}+}|\oddsidemargin+\textwidth+\evensidemargin|\texttt{\u{+1in}} + + +\erroronpage{202}{para 3, l.4}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2} + Change: ``list-related parameter'' \> ``list-related parameters''. + +\erroronpage{202}{para 3, l.4}{PYu}{2004/07/07}{2} + Remove surplus word: ``in \u{in} figure 3.3'' + +\erroronpage{203}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2} + ``one or the other criteri\u{a}'' + \> ``\ldots\ criteri\u{on}'' (singular) + +\seriouserroronpage{205}{para 2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2} + Delete backslash: ``an option of the type + \u{\texttt{\char`\\}}\emph{num}|headlines|'' + +\erroronpage{205}{para 3, l.1}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2} + Swap words: ``header \u{is size} enlarged'' \> ``header \u{size is} + enlarged''. + +\erroronpage{205}{para 4, l.4}{CAR}{2004/06/06}{2} + Delete word: ``\ldots taken up by the binding\u{ method}. For + example,\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{205}{para 5, l.2}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2} +Omitted word: ``one can \u{perform} the parameter calculations''. + +\seriouserroronpage{205}{para 5}{FMi}{2004/06/06}{2} +Append: For details see the KOMA-Script documentation. + +\seriouserroronpage{205}{Example 4-2-6, 1.3}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2} +Add a comment line: ``\verb=% syntax: \typearea[<binding corr.>]{<slices>}='' + +\erroronpage{206}{para 2, l.6}{FMi}{2004/06/06}{2} + + Replace: ``\ldots shows a layout \u{identical} to the one + produced\ldots'' \> + ``\ldots shows a layout \u{very similar} to the one produced\ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{206}{para 2, l.6}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2} + Wrong references:\\ + ``Example \u{4-2-4} on page \u{204}'' \> + ``Example \u{4-2-5} on page \u{205}'' + +\erroronpage{209}{para 1, l.1--2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2} + Replace: + ``\ldots and does not leave sufficient space for marginal notes + that fall outside the page.'' + \> + ``\ldots but does not adjust the size of the marginal boxes to fit + in the remaining margin.'' + + +\erroronpage{210}{para -1, l.3}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2} + Omitted word: ``allow you \u{to} set several values''. + +\erroronpage{211}{para 4, l.6}{FMi}{2004/08/30}{4} + Add: ``\ldots be called multiple times \u{in the preamble}, + each time overwriting the previous settings.'' + +\erroronpage{212}{para -1, l.2}{CKr}{2004/11/11}{4} + Remove surplus: ``the \emph{logical} page + \u{you} you want to produce.'' + +\seriouserroronpage{213}{para 1, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2} + Option \texttt{executive} is listed twice, replace once with + \texttt{letter}. + +\erroronpage{213}{para 2, l.1}{CKr}{2004/11/11}{4} + Typo: ``The following example sets up an artific\u{i}ally small logical page'' + +\erroronpage{213}{para 1, l.1--2}{FMi}{2006/09/09}{4} + Option \texttt{b3} is listed twice. + +\erroronpage{213/214}{exa 4-2-11/13}{FMi}{2004/06/05}{2} + The picture (|rosette.ps|) is clipped a tiny bit at the left side. + That's actually an error in the |.ps| file itself and can be seen + in all other examples where the file is used. + +\seriouserroronpage{214}{para 1, l.6}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2} + ``\ldots\ \texttt{notext} \ldots'' should be ``\ldots\ + \texttt{nographics} \ldots''. + +\erroronpage{217}{para -2, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/08}{4} + Replace (since the package's default is different):\\ + Finally the \u{en dash} between the prefix and the page number \dots\ \>\\ + Finally the \u{separator} between the prefix and the page number \dots + +\erroronpage{219}{l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2} + Missing italic correction: + \verb=\=\emph{name}\verb=mark= + +\erroronpage{219}{para -1,l.2}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4} + Reference to wrong section:\\ + ``Table~9.2 on page~547 in Section~\u{9.1.3}'' \>\\ + ``Table~9.2 on page~547 in Section~\u{9.2.1}'' + (or omit section refence completely) + +\erroronpage{223}{tab 4.3}{THa}{2004/06/22}{2} + Spurious space after superscript \textsuperscript{a} in footnote. + +\erroronpage{226}{para. 5, l.2}{PYu}{2004/07/05}{2} + Change to plural: ``The headers and footers are typeset \u{in boxes} + that, by default, \u{have} the same width as |\textwidth|\,. The + \u{boxes} can be made wider (or narrower)\ldots'' + + +\erroronpage{227}{para 2,l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4} + Replace: + ``running \u{heading}'' \> + ``running \u{header}'' + +\erroronpage{227}{para 3,l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4} + Replace: + ``the \u{heading} is extended'' \> + ``the \u{header} is extended'' \> + +\erroronpage{229}{2.-1}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2} + Change: ``if the first B-head\ldots would have already been'' \> ``if + the first B-head\ldots had already been''. + +\erroronpage{229}{para -2,l.-2}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4} + Replace: + ``the \u{heading}'' \> + ``the \u{header}'' + +\erroronpage{230}{exa 4-4-3}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4} + Add |%| character: + ``|\fancyfoot[R]{\scriptsize\today}|\texttt{\u{\char`\%}}'' + +% not a bug, but heh ho +\erroronpage{232}{ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2} + Add words: ``With a similar mechanism we prepared \u{the running + headers of} the index for this book.'' + +\erroronpage{232}{ll.1/2}{CKr}{2004/11/17}{4} + Remove surplus: ``With a similar mechanism we prepared \u{the} the running\ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{234}{First boxed command}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2} + Change: ``\verb=\enlargethispage*{=size\verb=}='' \> + ``\verb=\enlargethispage{=size\verb=}=''. + +\erroronpage{237}{para 1, l.3}{MKo}{2004/08/06}{2} + Change: ``\textsf{scrpage}'' \> ``\textsf{scrpage2}'' + +\erroronpage{237}{para 4, l.3}{DAl}{2005/01/11}{4} + Change: ``also works as \u{an} replacement'' \> ``also works as + \u{a} replacement'' + +\erroronpage{237}{para 5, l.2}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} + Change: ``14pt'' \> ``17pt'' + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 5} + +\erroronpage{239}{para -1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2} + Extra word: ``After \u{a} taking a quick look \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{241}{Example 5-1-1}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2} + + Change: ``esprit trouble'' \> ``esprit troubl\'e''. + +The whole example has been changed to better demonstrate +the \verb|\kill| command. + +\erroronpage{242}{para -2}{DSch/FMi}{2005/09/19}{4} + Replace para with: +``The \texttt{tabular*} environment has an additional width argument that +specifies the required total width of the table. +It needs stretchable spaces between columns, that have to be added using +|\extracolsep| (see page~246).'' + +\iffalse +%% check, maybe (if other error +\erroronpage{243}{para 1, l.3/4}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{} + Change: ``Their scope can be \u{general} or local.'' + \> ``\u{global}'' +\fi + +\erroronpage{243}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4} + The explanation of the command \comando{\arraystretch} is + wrong; in fact it does not multiply the inter-row space by the specified + factor, so that a factor of 1.5 would move the rows 50\% farther apart. + \comando{\arraystretch} scales by the specified factor the height and depth of + the invisible strut that is in the first cell of every row of tabular and array + environments. If all the cells of the row are smaller than the strut the effect + is more or less similar to an enlargement of the inter-row space, while if at + least one cell in the row is larger than the strut no spreading apart takes + place other than that required by the largest cell. + + + +\erroronpage{243/244}{tab.~5.1/5.2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2} + In the left columns of these tables, typewriter font should be used + for the braces, to better match the appearance in the syntax boxes. + +\erroronpage{244}{tab.~5.2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2} + 1. In the |m| row, the braces in |\parbox|\u{\{}\emph{width}\u{\}} + are not from the typewriter font, as they are in the |b| row.\\ + 2. In the |>| and |<| rows, the |p|, |m|, and |b| options are + listed once without and once with their |{..}| arguments. + +\seriouserroronpage{244}{para -1, l.3--4}{FMi/DCa}{2005/02/05}{4} + Replace: ``the sum of its value, + added to the product + |\baselineskip|${}\times{}$|\arraystretch}|'' + \> + `` $|\arraystretch| \times (|\extrarowheight| + 0.7 |\baselineskip|)$'' + + +\erroronpage{246}{para 3}{FMi}{2005/09/19}{4} + Add blue marginal note: ``Making \texttt{tabular*} stretch to the + required width'' + +\erroronpage{246}{para 3, l.3/4}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2} + Change: + ``The use \ldots\ is subject\u{ed} to two restrictions: \ldots'' + \> ``\ldots~subject \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{247}{exa 5-2-9}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} + Add hyphenation points for |Possibi\-li\-t\'es| + +\erroronpage{248}{para 1}{FMi}{2005/09/19}{4} + Replace para with: ``A + common use of |@{}| is to remove the space equal to +the value of |\tabcolsep| (for \texttt{tabular}) that, by default, +appears on each side of the table, +except when the column specification starts or ends in a \verb=|=.'' + + +\erroronpage{249}{exa 5-2-11}{FMi}{2004/07/27}{2} + Add hyphenation points for |Possibi\-li\-t\'es| + +\seriouserroronpage{249}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2} + Change: + ``\ldots\ the \textsf{array} package \texttt{m} and \u{\texttt{t}} + types, \ldots'' + \> ``\ldots\ \u{\texttt{b}} \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{252}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2} + Missing word: ``\ldots\ the last entry in \u{a} row \ldots''\\ + Missing word: ``This specification may \u{be} saved \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{252}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2} + Either add: ``The |X| columns are set using the |p| column + \u{type}, \ldots''\\ + or change (cf.~l.2: an |m| column): ``\ldots\ using \u{a} |p| + column \ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{257}{syntax box~2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2} + Typo: ``\texttt{\char`\\botto\u{m}caption}'' + +\erroronpage{261}{para 3, l.3}{HPB/FMi}{2004/07/16}{2} +Add: ``\ldots may be typeset using + \u{the packages \textsf{array} and} \textsf{longtable} \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{262}{para -1, l.2}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/04}{2} + Missing characters: + ``in standard \LaTeX{}\u{'s} \textsf{article} class'' + +\erroronpage{270}{exa 5-6-7}{DCa}{2004/07/22}{2} + Spurious `` d'' after ``Beef'' should be deleted. + +\seriouserroronpage{270}{para 3 l.1}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2} + Change: |\botrule| \> |\bottomrule| + +\seriouserroronpage{271}{para 3}{FMi}{2004/12/17}{4} + Replace para by: ``By default, the rule extends all the way to the left, but is + ``trimmed'' from the rightmost column by the length specified in the + length parameter |\cmidrulekern|. The optional (\emph{trim}) + \u{argument may contain the characters + \texttt{l} and \texttt{r}, + indicating that the rule} + \u{is to be trimmed from the left or right, respectively.} + Each \texttt{l} and \texttt{r} may optionally be followed by a width + argument \u{specified using \texttt{\{}\emph{widths}\texttt{\}}}, + in which case the rule is trimmed by this amount rather than by the default + |\cmidrulekern|. + + +\seriouserroronpage{271}{syntax box~1}{HjG}{2004/06/04}{2} + Argument is optional, not mandatory: + |\addlinespace|\texttt{\u[}\emph{width}\texttt{\u]} + +\erroronpage{273}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2} + Missing word: ``not accounted for \u{by} |\multirow|'' + +\seriouserroronpage{278}{para 2, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2} + Replace: ``Section 6-3-4'' \> ``Example 6-3-4'' + +\erroronpage{279}{list, item 1}{CKr}{2004/11/30}{4} + Correct typo: ``forced line b\u{r}eaks.'' + + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 6} + +\erroronpage{283}{para 2, l.5--8}{FMi}{2005/01/15}{4} +Replace with: ``We then continue by + explaining how you can define and use your own floating environments (Section~6.3.1), + or, conversely, how captioning commands can be used to enter + information into the list of figures and tables for nonfloating + material (Section~6.3.2). + Then methods for rotating the content of a float are described + (Section~6.3.3). + +\erroronpage{284}{}{FMi}{2005/01/15}{4} + Editorial comment: needs reprinting since one line moved from + 283 to the current page. + +\erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.3}{FMi}{2005/02/13}{4} + Use typewriter: ``the default is \texttt{12pt} + \texttt{plus} \texttt{2pt} \u{\texttt{minus}} + \texttt{2pt} for 10\,pt'' + +\erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.3}{HjG}{2005/02/06}{4} + Default for 12pt document size is given wrong:\\ + ``\texttt{\u{14pt} plus 2pt minus 4pt}'' \> + ``\texttt{\u{12pt} plus 2pt minus 4pt}'' + +\erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/05}{2} + Should be singular: ``for 12pt document size\u{s}).'' + +\erroronpage{285}{item 7, l.3}{HjG/FMi}{2005/02/06}{4} + Replace (as it is rubbish): + ``(the default is like |\textfloatsep| on a text page, + but is |8pt plus 2fil| on a page that contains only floats)'' \>\\ + ``(the default is like |\textfloatsep|)'' + +\erroronpage{288}{para -1, l.4--7}{DAr/FMi}{2004/07/23}{2} + Replace part with: +``However, by itself this option +forces all floats to appear \emph{before} the next section material is +typeset, since the |\FloatBarrier| prevents a float from a current + section from appearing below +the start of the new section, even if some material of the current +section is present on the same page. '' + +\erroronpage{292}{para 4, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/05}{2} + Replace: ``combination \u{to}'' \> ``combination \u{of}'' + +\seriouserroronpage{292}{para -1, l-2}{FMi}{2005/01/08}{4} +Add sentence: + ``Because the float styles define the placement of the caption, +floats can contain only a single \verb=\caption= command which is a +restriction compared to standard \LaTeX's behavior.'' + +Also add marginal warning: ``Only one \verb=\caption= supported'' + + +\erroronpage{293}{para 1, l.3}{J-CCh}{2005/06/01}{4} +Remove surplus char: ``package documentation in +\texttt{float\u{s}.dtx}.'' + +\seriouserroronpage{293}{exa 6-3-1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/05}{2} + Wrong command used (or misplaced opening brace) in preamble code:\\ + |\newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\|\u{\ttfamily ttfamily}|{#1}}| + \>\\ + |\newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\|\u{\ttfamily texttt}|{#1}}| \\ + only by chance this doesn't do any harm in the example! + +\erroronpage{293}{exa 6-3-1}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4} +The Euler constant must be typeset in roman type according +to the ISO rules; $e$ is the charge of the electron. + +\erroronpage{294}{exa 6-3-3}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/05}{2} + The picture (|rosette.ps|) is clipped a tiny bit at the left side. + That's actually an error in the |.ps| file itself and can be seen + in all other examples where the file is used. + +\erroronpage{295}{para -2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/05}{2} + Missing word: ``The |[H]| \u{float} is \ldots'' + + +\erroronpage{298}{para 1, l.4}{AMa}{2005/01/13}{4} + The word ``caption'' should be should typeset in sans serif. + +\seriouserroronpage{298}{para 3, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2} + Missing argument: ``|\newfloat{XMLexa}|% + \u{\texttt{\textbraceleft\meta{placement}\textbraceright}}|{lox}|'' + +\erroronpage{299}{para 2, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2} + Missing word: ``so that it \u{is} not worth'' + +\erroronpage{301}{exa 6-4-2}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2} + Misspelled word (both in source and output):\\ + ``\texttt{ex-\u{s}ample}'' \> ``\texttt{ex-ample}'' + +\seriouserroronpage{302}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2} + Missing argument: ``|\newfloat{XML}|% + \u{\texttt{\textbraceleft\meta{placement}\textbraceright}}|{lox}|'' + +\erroronpage{304/305}{exa 6-4-4}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2} + The |\FIG| command is different from the one from + exa 6-4-3 (p.303). + Add a line:\\ + |\newcommand\FIG{\includegraphics[width=10mm]{elephant}}|\\ + in the preamble part of the example's source.\\ + (But that will probably spoil your hand-optimized page breaks. --- + Actually it will improve them: by getting the example larger on + line will carry over from 304 to 305 avoiding the widow there + without changing that page otherwise) + +\erroronpage{307}{l.-4}{HjG}{2005/02/12}{4} + Surplus closing brace:\\ + ``|\makebox[\linewidth][c]{\usebox\@tempboxa}|% + |\par|\texttt{\u\textbraceright}|% single line|'' + +\iffalse +\erroronpage{307}{l.3--4}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{} +The Runaway error may be explained in a better way: the + \emph{short-text} cannot exceed one paragraph; the \emph{long-text} may be + several paragraphs long; if the optional argument \emph{short-text} is missing + the \emph{long-text} replaces it, therefore the macros that should process the + single paragraph \emph{short-text} get terribly shaken and produce the Runaway + argument error. A reference to Appendix~B and the long\slash short definition + of commands should be helpful. +\fi + +\erroronpage{309}{para 4, l.3}{DAl}{2005/06/29}{4} + Missing comma: ``\ldots you will get a typical ``standard \LaTeX'' + format\u{,} that is, \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{312}{\texttt{position} option}{JS/FMi}{2005/09/14}{4} + State that key \texttt{bottom} is the default. + +\erroronpage{312}{para 2, l.2}{DAl}{2005/06/29}{4} + Word in wrong position: ``for example, ``above'' the caption if + caption is \u{the} placed at the bottom.'' + \> + ``for example, ``above'' the caption if \u{the} caption is \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{317}{para -4, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2} + Extra letter: ``The \textsf{subfig} package\u{s} \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{319}{para 1, l.5}{C-JCh}{2005/06/10}{4} + Incorrect right quote: ``numbers like ``11.3\u{''}\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{319}{para 2, l.3}{C-JCh}{2005/06/10}{4} + Incorrect right quote: ``such as ``Figure 1(a-c)\u{''}.'' + +\erroronpage{321}{exa 6-5-13, l.2}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/06}{2} + Change value: + ``|listofindent=4em|'' \> ``|listofindent=5em|''.\\ + Looks better and also makes description on page 320 correct. + +\erroronpage{321}{para 3, l.2}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2} +Remove: ``approach is to \u{to} specify\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{326}{para -1, l.4}{DAl}{2005/07/14}{4} + Missing letter: ``floats appear to\u{o} close to each other\ldots'' + + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 7} + +\erroronpage{332}{para -2,l.2}{THa}{2004/07/21}{2} + SinCE SEriFS arE noT alwayS horizonTaL: ``Serifs are the tiny + horizontal strokes\dots'' \> ``Serifs are the tiny strokes\dots'' + +\erroronpage{338}{para -1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2} + Missing word: ``command \u{and} declarative forms'' + +\erroronpage{341}{para -2, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2} + Missing comma: ``such as |\OE|\u, to lowercase).'' + +\erroronpage{342}{tab 7.1}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2} + Add footnote: ``\textit{The actual sizes shown above are those specially + tailored for use in this book}'' + +\erroronpage{349}{para -1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2} + Missing comma: + ``\ldots\ where commands, such as |\rm|\u, would cause \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{351}{para -2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2} + Surplus word: + ``\ldots\ belongs to the text \u{the} surrounding the formula.'' + +\erroronpage{353}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2} + Replace: + ``\u{Extended} Computer Modern'' \> + ``\u{European} Computer Modern'' + +\erroronpage{354/355}{marginal 3}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + Should be on top of page 355. + +\erroronpage{355}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2} + Missing character: ``on\u{e} can simply exchange'' + +\erroronpage{356}{para 2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2} + Correct: ``\u{ZE}-fonts'' \> ``\u{EZ}-fonts'' + (Index entry is OK!) + +\erroronpage{357}{exa 7-5-5, last line}{RSt}{2004/05/26}{2} + Reference [174] instead of [175]. + +\erroronpage{357}{exa 7-5-5}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2} + Add page entries for ``Clasen, Matthias'', ``Vieth, Ulrik'', and + ``Ziegler, Justin'' to ``People'' index (pp.1080+1082) + +\erroronpage{357}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2} + Add word: + ``Clearly, no one wants to type \u{text} like this \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{358}{para -1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2} + Change word order:\\ + ``The list of \u{currently} \u{supported encodings} by + \textsf{inputenc} \ldots'' \>\\ + ``The list of \u{encodings} \u{currently supported} by + \textsf{inputenc} \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{359}{several places}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2} + Replace: ISO-8859 \> ISO 8859 + +\erroronpage{360}{item 8}{CKr}{2004/12/30}{4} + Replace: Next Computer encoding \> Ne\u{XT} Computer encoding + +\erroronpage{360}{item 9}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2} + Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 + +\erroronpage{360}{para -1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2} + Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 (several times) + +\erroronpage{361}{para 2+3}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2} + Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 (several times) + +\erroronpage{361}{l.-14}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2} + Replace: ``preamble or the document class'' \> + ``document class, a package, or in the preamble'' + + +\erroronpage{362}{l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2} + Swap phrases:\\ + ``\ldots\ the user \u{in the preamble} \u{to load still + more encodings}.'' \\\>\\ + ``\ldots\ the user \u{to load still more encodings} + \u{in the preamble}.'' + +\erroronpage{362}{para 1, l.1}{SCo}{2004/05/17}{2} + Printing problem in some books: ``still'', second `l' only half visible. + +\erroronpage{367}{para 2, l.3}{CKr}{2005/01/03}{4} + Wrong font: ``old-style numerals by simply switching to the \u{\texttt{TS1}}'' + +\erroronpage{368}{para -4, l.3}{HjG}{2004/07/01}{2} + Change:\\ + ``\ldots\ only. \u{Only} real errors will be shown.'' \>\\ + ``\ldots\ only. \u{However,} real errors will be shown + \u{on the terminal}.'' + +\erroronpage{370}{para 2, l.-1}{RSt}{2004/05/26}{2} + Replace: ``ran run'' with ``\u{you ran}''. + +\erroronpage{370}{para 4, l.5}{HjG}{2004/07/06}{2} + Add: ``\ldots\ in one of the three \u{text font} categories.'' + +\erroronpage{371}{para 1, l.4}{HjG}{2004/07/06}{2} + Add: ``\ldots, such as via a call to |\usefont|\u{ (see Example + 7-6-1 below)}.'' + +\erroronpage{373}{first line of 7.6.1}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2} + Remove ``the \u{the} fonts'' + +\erroronpage{373}{first para, l.-1}{BeB}{2004/06/28}{2} + ``collection'' is (at least seems to me) singular:\\ + Typo: ``appear'' \> ``appears'' + +\erroronpage{374}{`Bookman', l.1}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2} + Typo: ``Bookman was originally design\u{ed} \ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{380}{para 1, l.4--5}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2} + Better show octal numbers: ``\ldots starting positions like + \texttt{'254}, \texttt{'266}, \texttt{'300}, and \texttt{'312} + (i.e., in octal notation) in\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{380}{exa. 7-6-10}{J-CCh}{2005/07/06}{4} + Replace: AGEWMET\u{P}HTOS \> AGEWMET\u{R}HTOS + +\erroronpage{386}{para -1, l.2}{RWa}{2004/05/31}{2} + Replace ``the X Window\u{s} system'' with ``the X Window \u{S}ystem''. + +\erroronpage{387}{para -1, ll.3/4}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2} + Missing word: ``\texttt{0.87478} should \u{be} used''\\ + +\iffalse +% no idea if we can fit that in: +\erroronpage{387}{para -1, ll.3/4}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{} + Value for 12\,pt? +\fi + +\erroronpage{388}{tab. 7.14}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2} + Row~1: Thickness of vertical line between first two columns too + wide (printing problem). + +\erroronpage{388}{tab 7.14, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4} + Missing space between ``m,'' and ``bx'' in the middle column. + +\erroronpage{391}{tab. 7.15}{FMi}{2004/07/09}{2} + Row~1: Thickness of vertical line between first two columns too + wide (printing problem). + +\erroronpage{391}{tab 7.15, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4} + Missing space between ``m,'' and ``bx'' in the middle column. + +\erroronpage{392}{tab 7.16, l.3}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4} + ``(bx)'' should be moved to the second column. + +\erroronpage{393}{tab 7.17, l.3}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4} + Missing space between ``(it),'' and ``sc'' in the third column. + +\erroronpage{395}{exa 7-7-20}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2} + Commands need to be swapped to match text:\\ + ``|\gothfamily| Swab'' \> ``|\swabfamily| Swab''\\ + ``|\swabfamily| Gothic'' \> ``|\gothfamily| Gothic'' + +\erroronpage{395}{exa 7-7-21}{TSS}{2004/05/25}{2} + The ``s'' in word ``dies'' should be the ``short s'' (ligature + ``s:'') since it occurs in a syllable-final position. +% others wrong??? +%According to page 765 of "The World's Writing Systems" (edited by P.T. +%Daniels and W. Bright, ISBN 0-19-507993-0, Oxford University Press, +%1996), a syllable-final "s" in fraktur text should be the "short s". + +\erroronpage{396}{para 3, l.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + Should be: ``\ldots on the \u{third} line.'' + +\erroronpage{396}{exa 7-7-22}{TSS}{2004/05/25}{2} + The ``s'' in word ``dies'' should be the ``short s'' (ligature + ``s:'') since it occurs in a syllable-final position. + +\erroronpage{403}{para 1, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2} + Change: ``by using \u{G}lyph \u{C}hart'' + \> ``by using \u{the} \u{g}lyph \u{c}hart''\\ + (cf.\ para 3, l.1) + +\erroronpage{405}{para 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2} + Missing word: + ``of \u{the} International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA)'' + +\erroronpage{405/406}{ll.-1/1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2} + Move closing parenthesis:\\ + ``\ldots (based on \ldots\ by Donald Knuth, \ldots \u).'' \> \\ + ``\ldots (based on \ldots\ by Donald Knuth\u), \ldots \,.'' + +\erroronpage{406}{exa 7-8-11}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2} + Add comma (?): ``|k\ae{}t|\texttt{\u,}'' + +\erroronpage{407}{para -2, l.1}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2} + Missing word: ``With popular fonts designed for use with \TeX{}, + the euro symbol \u{is} usually available\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{413}{para -2, l-1}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4} + ``local guide''; I believe this is an obsolete concept, dating back to + the times when \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ were used on multitasking mainframes; + commercial distributions might still have a ``local guide'', but I have never + seen one. + + +\erroronpage{416}{tab. 7.27}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2} + Uppercase vs.\ lowercase in entries for \texttt{T3} and + \texttt{TS3}:\\ + ``\LaTeX{} \u{P}honetic \u{A}lphabet encoding'' $\leftrightarrow$\\ + ``\LaTeX{} \u{p}honetic \u{a}lphabet encoding'' + +\erroronpage{417}{para 4, l.6}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2} + Correct case: + ``\ldots\ in front of it. \u For example,'' + +\erroronpage{418}{para 2, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2} + Add: + ``a typewriter font \u{in medium series} with italic shape'' + +\erroronpage{420}{table 7.28}{CKr}{2005/04/08}{4} + For consistency: ``narrow'' \> ``\u{N}arrow'' + +\erroronpage{420}{para 1, l.6}{FMi}{2004/06/24}{2} + Replace: ISO-9660 \> ISO 9660 + +\erroronpage{426}{para 1, l.-2}{CKr}{2005/01/17}{4} + Remove surplus: ``\ldots---other declarations that use this \u{the} + font will benefit automatically.'' + +\erroronpage{426}{para 1, last sentence}{CAR}{2005/01/22}{4} + Replace with following sentence: + ``This may seem like a strange usage but it has the advantage that when + such additional + fonts become available you will need to change + only one font shape group declaration---all declarations that + refer indirectly to these fonts will then benefit automatically.'' + + +\erroronpage{426}{para 5}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2} + Surplus word: ``\ldots, this function \u{it} writes \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{426}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2} + Add word: ``The \u{third} argument'' + +\erroronpage{428}{item 6}{CKr}{2005/01/18}{4} + Replace: ``Specified the quad width'' \> ``Specifie\u{s} the quad + width'' + +\erroronpage{432}{para 4, l.9}{HjG}{2004/07/11}{2} + Not plural: ``\ldots: the outer text size\u{s} and the three math + sizes for this text size.'' + +\erroronpage{433}{l.-10}{HjG}{2004/07/11}{2} + Not start of a sentence, hence \> lowercase: + ``\u{a}nd are usually placed in an \texttt{.fd} file.'' + +\erroronpage{441}{para 5, l.1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2} + Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 + +\erroronpage{442}{footnote, l.2}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4} + Sentence begins with lowercase 's'. + +\erroronpage{443}{para 1, l.1--2}{FMi}{2005/06/10}{4} +Replace the parentheses with: ``(for the latter people sometimes use +the single character \verb="=\,, but this is incorrect as it may +produce a straight double quote, i.e., ")'' + +\erroronpage{443}{para 3, l.4}{CKr}{2005/01/21}{4} + Correct order: ``Instead, these commands have been implemented in + \u{such a} way that \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{444}{para 2, l.4}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4} + Missing word: ``\ldots associates the number 224 \u{with} the +command |\alpha|.'' + +\erroronpage{445}{para 4, ll.3--5}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2} + Move closing parenthesis:\\ + ``\ldots, which normally denote certain accents (i.e., + are encoding-specific commands, but \ldots\ environment\u).'' + \\ \> \\ + ``\ldots, which normally denote certain accents (i.e., + are encoding-specific commands\u), but \ldots\ environment.'' + +\erroronpage{446}{footnote, l.1}{CKr}{2005/01/21}{4} + Correct order: \ldots ``\textthreesuperior'' \u{was a} + math glyph---comprehensible? + +\erroronpage{447}{Heading}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2} + Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 + +\erroronpage{451}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2} + Wrong number: + ``\texttt{\u{'240}} octal'' \> ``\texttt{\u{'344}} octal'' + +\erroronpage{453}{para 2, l.2}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4} + Missing word : ``\ldots an \emph{LICR-object} that is \u{to} be +used whenever\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{455}{para 3, l.-1}{JCh}{2004/07/17}{2} + Typo (characters need to be swapped): + ``L\u{CI}R'' \> ``L\u{IC}R'' + +\erroronpage{457}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2} + Wrong sort order (table rows need to be swapped):\\ + |\OE| $\leftrightarrow$ |\O| -- cf.\ |\o| and |\oe| on p.459 + +\erroronpage{457}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2} + Entry |\`i|: ``(\u{avail})'' \> ``(\u{alias})'' + +\erroronpage{458}{\texttt{\string\copyright}}{FMi/usw}{2005/01/11}{4} + Natively available in LY1 encoding + +\seriouserroronpage{458}{l. 27--30}{JLV}{2005/05/31}{4} + Unfortunately |\guillemotleft|, |\guillemotright|, |\guilsinglleft|, and + |\guilsinglright| have no ``default'' and only function in |OT1| if + \textsf{babel} is loaded + + +\erroronpage{458}{\texttt{\string\k} entries}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4} + All |\k| entries should be |<constr.>| in LY1 encoding + +\erroronpage{459}{\texttt{\string\r A}}{FMi}{2005/04/09}{4} + |\r A| is |<constr.>| in OT1 encoding + +\erroronpage{459}{\texttt{\string\r} entries}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4} + All |\r| entries should be |<constr.>| in LY1 encoding + +\erroronpage{459}{\texttt{\string\textcelsius}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4} + Default from |constr./TS1|. + +\erroronpage{460}{\texttt{\string\textcopyright}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4} + Natively available in LY1 encoding + +\erroronpage{460}{\texttt{\string\textdiv}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4} + Natively available in LY1 encoding + +\erroronpage{460}{\texttt{\string\texteuro}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4} + Defined in the newer versions of the encoding (but not available in + all fonts!) + +\erroronpage{460}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2} + Wrong sort order (table rows need to be swapped):\\ + |\textdblhyphenchar| $\leftrightarrow$ |\textdblhyphen| + +\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textlnot}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4} + Natively available in LY1 encoding + +\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textpertenthousand}}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4} + Constructed in T1 encoding + +\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textperthousand}}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4} + Constructed in T1 encoding + +\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textpm}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4} + Natively available in LY1 encoding + +\erroronpage{461}{table, l. -12}{usw}{2004/05/24}{2} + ``\verb=\textquotedblleft=" is indented by accident. + +\erroronpage{462}{\texttt{\string\texttimes}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4} + Natively available in LY1 encoding + +\erroronpage{462}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2} + Wrong sort order (table rows need to be swapped):\\ + |\textthreequartersemdash| $\leftrightarrow$ |\textthreequarters| + +\erroronpage{463}{para 1, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2} + Add: ``prior \u{to} 1990'' + +\erroronpage{463}{para 1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2} + Change: + ``\ldots integrated in \u{1993})'' \> + ``\ldots integrated in \u{1994})'' + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 8} + +\erroronpage{465}{para 4, ll.2+4}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2} + Add page entry for ``Swanson, Ellen'' to ``People'' index + (p.1082). \\ + Add page entry for ``Knuth, Donald'' to ``People'' index + (p.1081). + + Editorial comment: no need for reprinting this page. + + +\erroronpage{466}{para 2, ll.3+6}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2} + Add page entry for ``Spivak, Michael'' to ``People'' index + (p.1082).\\ + Add page entry for ``Jones, David'' to ``People'' index + (p.1081). + +\erroronpage{466}{para 3 l.1}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2} + Remove comma: ``Michael\u, would have been\ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{468}{para 3, ll.10+11}{JTa}{2004/08/31}4{} + Extra closing brace after the second argument of + \texttt{\textbackslash newenvironment} on both lines. + +\erroronpage{471}{para 2, l.4}{VPe}{2004/06/02}{2} + Extra word: ``\ldots this change \u{can} are discussed\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{478}{exa 8-2-19}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} +Poor Maxwell's equations! No doubt there are mathematical + physicists or physical mathematicians that write Maxwell's equations that way. + This is a good example for showing some capabilities of the + \textsf{amsmath} package and its possible extensions by means of the + \comando{\newenvironment} command, but it is an example where all possible ISO + rules are violated! Physical equations deal with quantities, not with + mathematical variables; and quantities have dimensions; as such they have to + comply with the rules established by the Sisth\`{e}me International (SI) and the + various obsolete ``cgm'' systems are officially deprecated; the partial + derivative sign $\partial$ has exactly that meaning and it cannot substitute + the ``nabla'' $\nabla$ sign; finally the $j$ symbol probably indicates the + current density, but in an equation that does not comply with the ISO rules it + might indicate the imaginary unit (which, on the opposite, is prescribed to be + typeset in roman or upright shape as well as $\pi$); treating with vectorial + quantities these should be well marked either with a vector math accent or + must be set in bold italic; with variables depending from four quantities the + apex for indicating the derivative is not univocal for specifying the quantity + with respect to which the derivative is taken. I repeat: the example is good + for describing the math extension capabilities but it could induce the casual + reader to believe that this is the correct form for writing down the Maxwell's + equations; unfortunately it is not. + +\erroronpage{480}{para -2, ll.8/9}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2} + ``(there must be no space before the \texttt[)'' --- why?\\ + (Would be ignored by \TeX{} as the end of the cs-name!) + + Deleted this text. + +\erroronpage{484}{para 3, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2} + Add word: ``\ldots\ the \texttt{equation} \u{environment} is +\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{488}{para 1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2} + Add word: ``\ldots\ as a subscript \u{or} superscript.'' + +\erroronpage{488}{para 1, l.1}{FMi}{2005/04/23}{4} + Replace word: ``Note that both \u{environments} \ldots'' + \> ``Note that both \u{structures} \ldots'' (as one is a command) + +\erroronpage{489}{para -2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2} + Missing closing parenthesis: ``(see Section 8.5.3\u)'' + +\erroronpage{489}{exa. 8-3-9.1}{DAl}{2005/08/21}{4} + The third array actually only needs \texttt{c} as preamble even + though \texttt{cc} is not wrong. as empty columns on the right are ignored + +\erroronpage{491}{para -2, l.3}{BMo}{2004/05/21}{2} + Replace: ``aside'' \> ``at the side'' + +\erroronpage{493--95}{ll.-1/-2}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2} + Perhaps a note regarding the defaults should be added:\\ + ``The first two parameters, \emph{ldelim} and \emph{rdelim}, are + the left and right delimiters, respectively. + \u{They must be either both empty or both non-empty;} + \u{to place a single delimiter, use a period ``\texttt.'' on the + ``empty'' side.}'' + + Editorial comment: affects pagebreaks for 494/95 as well + +\iffalse % more blue align stuff +\erroronpage{498}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} + Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. +\fi + +\erroronpage{499}{\S 8.6.2}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2} + Change section heading: ``Operator \u{and function} names'' + +\iffalse % more blue align stuff +\erroronpage{500}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} + Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. +\fi + +\erroronpage{501}{exa 8-6-4}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2} + Surplus word (in source comment):\\ + ``\texttt{\% the old \u{the} definition of \textbackslash csc}'' + +\erroronpage{507}{footnote}{CKr}{2005/02/16}{4} + Good try but wrong word: ``Technically this is due to the denominator being + wider than the \u{numerator} in this case\ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{508}{table 8.6, col.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + The bad alignment (in some books) of the blue color probably makes + the illustrations in this column useless. + +\iffalse % more blue align stuff +\erroronpage{510}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} + Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. +\fi + +\erroronpage{511}{marginal note}{MHe}{2004/05/22}{2} + Swap words: ``\ldots change \u{the existing} math font + set-up'' + +\erroronpage{512}{para 3, l.6}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2} + Surplus closing brace: + ``|\bm{\alpha}|\texttt{\u\textbraceright}'' + +\seriouserroronpage{513}{Figure 8.1}{LSchu}{2004/05/22}{2} + Text font is Times, but should be Computer Modern (rather + embarrassing that). + +\erroronpage{513}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2} + Change: ``In this section show a sample text'' \>\\ + ``In this section \u{we} show a sample text'' + +\iffalse % more blue align stuff +\erroronpage{513}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} + Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. +\fi + +\erroronpage{515}{para 1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2} + Wrong reference: ``Figure~8.3'' \> ``Figure~8.2'' + +\erroronpage{515}{para -1, l.1}{BMo/CAR}{2004/05/21}{2} + Replace: ``The Metafont versions of Concrete Roman and Math\ldots'' + \> ``The Metafont versions of Concrete, both Roman and Math,\ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{516}{fig.~8.6}{CKr/FMi}{2005/02/18}{4} + The txfonts have the symbols |\succapprox| and |\precapprox| in the + wrong position in the fonts. + Until the fonts are corrected one can manually fix the problem by + redeclaring them after loading the \texttt{txfonts} package, i.e., +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage{txfonts} +\DeclareMathSymbol{\succapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{119} +\DeclareMathSymbol{\precapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{118} +\end{verbatim} + +\erroronpage{517}{footnote}{FMi}{2005/06/03}{4} + Y\&Y has unfortunately folded and their domain was taking over by a + seller for ``latex'' clothing (interesting isnt it?). + Some information about Y\&Y can be found at + \texttt{http://www.tug.org/yandy}. + +\seriouserroronpage{518}{fig.~8.9}{CKr/FMi}{2005/02/18}{4} + The pxfonts have the symbols |\succapprox| and |\precapprox| in the + wrong position in the fonts. + Until the fonts are corrected one can manually fix the problem by + redeclaring them after loading the \texttt{pxfonts} package, i.e., +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage{pxfonts} +\DeclareMathSymbol{\succapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{119} +\DeclareMathSymbol{\precapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{118} +\end{verbatim} + +\erroronpage{521}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/26}{2} + Missing interword space: ``Section\u~7.6.1'' + +\erroronpage{521}{footnote}{FMi}{2005/06/03}{4} + Y\&Y has unfortunately folded and their domain was taking over by a + seller for ``latex'' clothing (interesting isnt it?). + Some information about Y\&Y can be found at + \texttt{http://www.tug.org/yandy}. + +\seriouserroronpage{523}{figure 8.16}{MHe}{2004/05/22}{2} + The symbols to the left and right of ``Q(t)'' in the middle of + the figure are wrong (this is + actually a bug in the informal math set-up which has now been + corrected). + +\erroronpage{523}{figure 8.16, caption}{BMo}{2004/05/21}{2} + Replace: ``Info Math fonts'' with ``Informal Math fonts''. + +\erroronpage{523}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/26}{2} + Change:\\ + ``The HV math fonts \u{are} designed at MicroPress'' \>\\ + ``The HV math fonts \u{have been} designed at MicroPress'' + +\erroronpage{524}{para 1, ll.4--6}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2} + Change:\\ + ``This \u{package} extends the \ldots\ font collections\u{ and} + should normally be loaded \ldots'' \>\\ + ``This \u{font} extends the \ldots\ font collections\u{; the + corresponding \textsf{stmaryrd} package} should normally be loaded + \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{524}{para 2, l.7}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2} + The text states: ``\u{\raisebox{1ex}{\scriptsize(\emph{kernel})}} + identifies symbols \ldots''. However, later on only + ``\u{\raisebox{1ex}{\scriptsize(\emph{ker})}}'' is used. + [E.g., Table~8.10 on page~527 (|\hbar|) + and Table~8.11 on page~528 (|\angle|).] + +\erroronpage{524}{para 2, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2} + The text speaks of ``Alphabetic symbols'' -- but the referenced + Table~7.30 on page~435 calls it ``Alphabet character''~!? + +\erroronpage{524}{exa 8-9-1}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2} + The |fleqn| option is used, but in the output, the two equations + seem to be right aligned rather than left aligned!\\ + Indeed true: this is because in \textsf{amsmath} the |\mathindent| + added on the left is + actually a rubber length (see page 471) that is automatically + shortend if there is not enough space. + +\iffalse % more blue align stuff +\erroronpage{524}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} + Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. + +\erroronpage{525}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} + Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. +\fi + + +\erroronpage{526}{para -1, l.1}{CKr/FMi}{2005/02/20}{4} +Change: ``The unaccented ASCII Latin letters and Arabic + numeral digits (see Table~8.8) \u{all} referred to\ldots'' + \> ``\ldots \u{are} referred to\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{527}{para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/21}{4} + Replace:\\ + ``in the first \u{columns} of Table~8.9'' \> + ``in the first \u{rows} of Table~8.9'' + +\erroronpage{527}{para 2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2} + Change: + ``Similarly, the list of lowercase Greek letters \u{there is} + no omicron'' \>\\ + ``Similarly, the list of lowercase Greek letters \u{contains} + no omicron'' + +\iffalse % more blue align stuff +\erroronpage{528}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} + Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. +\fi + + \erroronpage{527}{table 8.10}{BMo/CAR}{2004/05/21}{2} + This table would be + better if reordered, in particular so that the first row + contains: \verb=\aleph \beth \gimmel \daleth=. This would + make the this text correct: ``The first four [entries in + table 8.10] are Hebrew letters.'' + + +\erroronpage{528}{table 8-11}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2} + Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table + entries. + +\seriouserroronpage{529}{table 8.12, l.3}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2} + \verb=\mathring{x}= is missing its accent. + +\erroronpage{529}{para 1, l.2}{CKr}{2005/04/24}{4} + Replace: ``looked up |\neq|'' \> ``looked up |\ne|\u{\texttt{g}}'' + +\erroronpage{530}{table 8-13}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2} + Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table + entries. + +\erroronpage{531}{table 8.15}{BMo/FMi}{2004/05/21}{2} + The commands starting with |\var...| are only partially in blue to + indicate their relationship with those commands missing the ``var'' in their + names. But this is more confusing than helpful, so they are now made + fully blue. + +\seriouserroronpage{531}{table 8.15}{CAR/FMi}{2004/06/05}{2} + |\obar| is listed twice while |\obslash| (also from stmaryrd) is missing + +\erroronpage{531}{table 8-15}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2} + Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table + entries. + +\seriouserroronpage{532}{tables 8-16, 8-17}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2} + Since |\precsim| is not a negated symbol, it should be moved from + Table~8-17 to Table~8-16, where its sibling |\succsim| already + lives. + +\erroronpage{532}{tables 8-16/17}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2} + Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table + entries. + +\erroronpage{532}{table 8.17}{CKr}{2005/02/22}{4} + Add: ``\ldots or, \u{if} flagged\ldots'' + +\iffalse % more blue align stuff +\erroronpage{533}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} + Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. +\fi + +\erroronpage{533}{tables 8-18/19}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2} + Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table + entries. + +\iffalse % more blue align stuff +\erroronpage{534}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} + Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned (horizontally). +\fi + +\erroronpage{534}{table 8-20}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2} + Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table + entries. + +\erroronpage{534}{tab. 8.20}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2} + 1. |\hookleftarrow| is listed twice.\\ + 2. Some ``compound'' symbols have different line widths in their + ``head'' and ``tail'' parts: + |\Longleftarrow|, |\Longmapsfrom|, |\Longmapsto|, |\Longrightarrow|. + + +\erroronpage{534}{table 8-21}{MBr}{2004/08/02}{2} + Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table + entries. + +\erroronpage{535}{table 8-22/23}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2} + Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table + entries. + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 9} + +\erroronpage{540}{para -2, l.6}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2} + Replace: ISO-8859-x \> ISO 8859-x + +\erroronpage{540}{para -1, l.4}{FMi}{2004/07/20}{2} +Plural: ``Clearly, 8 bits \u{are} not sufficient\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{541}{para 1, l.-2}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2} + Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 + +\seriouserroronpage{543}{table 9.1}{MHe/JBr}{2004/06/10}{} + The Babel implementation on the CD is missing the australian and + newzealand + options. If you need them, download a new version of Babel. + +\erroronpage{543}{table 9.1}{JBr/WaS}{2004/07/31}{2} + Replace: ``\texttt{english}, \texttt{USenglish} + (\texttt{\itshape american}, \texttt{\itshape canadian}), \texttt{UKenglish} + (\texttt{\itshape british}), \texttt{australian} (\texttt{\itshape + newzealand})'' + + Add footnote: ``\textit{The option \texttt{\upshape english} + combines American hyphenation patterns + with a British date format.}'' + + +\erroronpage{545}{exa 9-2-1}{JAn}{2005/09/09}{4} + The quotes surrounding R\'ef\'erences and Chapitre + should be the french ones: use |\og| and |\fg{}|. And similar those + around German words should use |"`| and |"'|. + + +\erroronpage{546}{para 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2} + Typo: ``pattern\u{s}'' + +\seriouserroronpage{548}{para 2, l.4}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2} + Replace: |\aliasshorthand{"}{/}| should be \verb=\aliasshorthand{"}{|}= + +\erroronpage{549}{para 1, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2} + Characters should be in `typewriter font' (as in l.2):\\ + ``\,``;'' and ``?''\,'' \> ``\,``|;|'' and ``|?|''\,'' + +\erroronpage{550}{para -2, l.1--2}{CKr}{2005/02/28}{4} + Correct: ``Some are + meant to ease typing, wher\u{e}as others\ldots'' + + +\erroronpage{551}{tab 9.3}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{} + I am surprised that in Russian there is no word for ``Glossary''. + + Frank: It most certainly exits :-), but right now Babel doesn't + know about it---so there is nothing we can do about it at the + moment. Actually the same problem exists with Polish, although here + I got a translation ``s\l{}ownik termin\'ow'' which will eventually + find its way into Babel. + +\erroronpage{552}{exa 9-3-4}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} + The words \texttt{i"lusio} and il$\cdot$lusio in the example are + incorrect. They should be \texttt{i"lusi\string\'o} and il$\cdot$lusi\'{o} + respectively %(ref: TB 14-3-252-259) + + +\seriouserroronpage{553}{para 4}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2} + + Replace with: ``Another popular shorthand is |"-|, which indicates a + hyphenation point (like |\-|), but without supressing + hyphenation in the remainder of the word:'' + +\erroronpage{553}{exa 9-3-8}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2} + Replace the example body with: +\begin{verbatim} +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister"-president}} \quad +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister\-president}} \quad +\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{ministerpresident}} +\end{verbatim} +to show the differences between |"-|, |\-|, and no hyphen. + +\erroronpage{553}{exa 9-3-9}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2} + Replace the example body with: +\begin{verbatim} +1. \present{Gutenberg-Universit"at} +2. \present{Gutenberg"-Universit"at} +3. \present{Gutenberg""Universit"at} +4. \present{Gutenberg"=Universit"at} +5. \present{Gutenberg"~Universit"at} +\end{verbatim} + +\erroronpage{554}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2} + Replace: ``|~n~|\meta{letter}'' \> ``|~n|'' + and ``|~N~|\meta{letter}'' \> ``|~N|'' + +\erroronpage{554}{exa 9-3-11}{UFi/MGo}{2004/06/03}{2} + Replace body with: + ``|En fran\c{c}ais on doit mettre un \fg petit espace\fg\| + |devant la ponctuation double: comme cela!| + \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{556}{item 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2} + Remove: + ``\ldots\u{, with the addition that also \texttt{'u} and + \texttt{'U} are made available}.'' +\iffalse +auf s.556 unten (1. item) steht, dass der ' fuer Catalan mit allen +vokalen verwendet werden kann; das gilt auch fuer Galician (2. item); +deswegen macht der u.g. nebensatz wenig sinn, denn U gehoert ja zu den +vokalen! -- war vielleicht 'N gemeint? (aber auch das wird bei +Galician schon erwaehnt!) +\fi + +\erroronpage{556}{para 4, l.2}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2} + Correct spelling: ``\ldots optional \u{because} the acute accent has\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{557}{exa 9-3-19}{FMi/JBe}{2005/03/20}{4} + Replaced the example text with a spanish example showing 3 levels of + quotations. + +\erroronpage{558}{para -1, l.2}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2} + Add comma: ``day, month\u, year'' + +\iffalse % alternative (but needs to change two pages) + Replace: + ``\ldots |\hebdate| to translate any Gregorian date, given \u{the three + arguments \emph{day}, \emph{month}, + and \emph{year},} + into a Gregorian date in Hebrew.'' +\fi + +\erroronpage{561--562}{para 2, l.-1; para 2, l.1}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2} + The number 999999 (and 1000, in the second instance) should not + be written with a period as thousands-separator as this is + confusing for readers used to a different convention. + +\erroronpage{562}{para 2, l.1+2}{FMi/DPa}{2004/07/24}{2} + Change: ``digits \u{before the decimal point} are expressed'' \> + ``digits \u{denoting multiples of a thousand} are expressed'' + +\erroronpage{563}{l -18/-17}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4} +The non zero \texttt{lccode} for the apostrophe is not + a speciality of the Italian language; this non null assignment is made at least + also for Catalan and for French; it should be done for all languages that use + the apostrophe for replacing an elided vowel. + +\seriouserroronpage{564}{table 9.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + Add a note that the definition of \verb=\th= conflicts with its standard + definition as the LICR object ``\th{}'' (thorn). + +\erroronpage{564}{tab. 9.5}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/18}{2} + In the `Serbian' column, ``|\sh| sh'' is listed twice; + replace the second instance with ``|\arsh| arsh''. + +\erroronpage{564}{para -1, l.5}{ERy}{2004/08/06}{2} + Change: ``helpfull'' \> ``helpful'' + +\erroronpage{565}{line 1}{JGr}{2004/06/16}{2} + Missing space in: Anotherlayout + +\erroronpage{569}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + Misspelled name: + ``Andrew Janishe\u{w}sky'' \> ``Andrew Janishe\u{v}sky'' + (This affects p.1081, too!) + +\erroronpage{571}{l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + Replace: ``UNIX-like'' \> ``UN*X-like'' + (to match spelling elsewhere in the book) + +\erroronpage{571}{ll.3+4}{MKu/FMi}{2004/08/03}{2} + Change: ``ISO-IR-111'' \> ``ISO-IR~111'' \\ + and ``ISO-IR-144'' \> ``ISO-IR~144'' + +\erroronpage{571}{para 4}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + Code page ``|mnk|'' listed twice. + +%\erroronpage{572}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} +% Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. + +\erroronpage{573}{descr. env.}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + Items \texttt{T2B:} and \texttt{T2C:} ``Crimean~Tatar'' \> ``Crimean-Tatar'' + +\erroronpage{573}{para 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + Typo: ``pac\u{ak}ge'' \> ``pac\u{ka}ge'' + +\erroronpage{574}{para 6, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + Replace: ``The |cb| font use\u{s} \ldots'' + \> ``The |cb| font\u{s} use \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{574}{para 7, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + Replace: ``translation'' \> ``transliteration'' + +\erroronpage{575}{tab 9.7}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} + I do not recognize my \texttt{grmn1000} font table; at least + it is incomplete compared with the one that has been uploaded on CTAN in 2002, + well ahead of the publication of this Second Edition. + + (Unfortunately an older tfm file was used so that some glyphs do not + show up in the table) + +\erroronpage{576}{tab. 9.9}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + Replace: ``Diaresis'' \> ``Dia\u{e}resis'' + +\erroronpage{576}{tab 9.9}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} +|<'otan| does not produce the Greek word on its right, + which was by mistake obtained with |<'o|\texttt{\'otan} + +\erroronpage{576}{tab 9.10}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} + In the first line all the examples with upper case letters + are wrong in the sence that these glyphs cannot appear in real text, + hence they are removed. + The last two lines are wrong with both lower and upper case + letters. The former error implies a hiatus between an initial capital letter + and a preceding vowel that by definition of ``initial'' is missing. The latter + error is related to the fact that spirit and accent are separated, the former + to the left of the vowel, the latter over the vowel. + + Part of the problems are due to a missing |\languageattribute{greek}{polutoniko}|. + +\erroronpage{579}{table 9.12, l.7}{HjG}{2005/06/02}{4} + Remove extra right brace: ``|\fontfamily{fr}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}'' + +\seriouserroronpage{580}{example file \texttt{language.dat}}{WaS}{2004/06/14}{2} + \u{\texttt{us}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{US}english}\\ + \u{\texttt{uk}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{UK}english} + +\seriouserroronpage{580}{\texttt{language.dat} on CD}{WaS}{2004/06/14}{} +The language name problem, i.e., + + \u{\texttt{us}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{US}english}\\ + \u{\texttt{uk}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{UK}english} + +is also present in the language.dat file on +the book CD. + +\erroronpage{581}{para 2, l.2}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2} + Six "languages" are loaded ...: seven? + +\erroronpage{581}{para 1, l.2}{WaS/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2} + Change: ``\ldots loaded first by INI\TeX{}; English in the example + above).'' + \> ``\ldots loaded first by INI\TeX{}); for compatibility reasons this language + should contain US-English hyphenation patterns.'' + +\erroronpage{581}{para 2, l.2}{WaS}{2004/06/14}{2} + Language names are to be corrected according to p.580. + +\iffalse +% no space. do what? probably nothing right now +\erroronpage{581}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{} + Add a footnote to explain the meaning of the term + ``hyphenation trie''? +\fi + +\erroronpage{583}{para 1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + Wrong number: ``(line 32)'' \> ``(line 34)'' + +\erroronpage{583}{para 1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + Replace: ``\texttt{welsh.\u{sty}}'' \> ``\texttt{welsh.\u{ldf}}'' + +\seriouserroronpage{585}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} +The line:\\ + \comando{\adddialect\{austrian\}\{german\}}\\ + and the following one correspond neither to lines 102\textendash 103 of the language + skeleton, nor to the grammar of the \comando{\adddialect} on page 584; this + description as well as the skeleton file apparently require that the language + name be preceded by \comando{\l@}; in facts, for example, + the \texttt{germanb.ldf} contains the line:\\ + \comando{\adddialect}\comando{\l@austrian}\comando{\l@german} + +\seriouserroronpage{586}{code line 2}{TSS}{2004/05/26}{2} + Extra closing brace after \verb|\def\germanhyphenmins|. + +\seriouserroronpage{589}{syntax box}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2} + Change: |\addto\csname[code]| \> |\addto\csname{code}| (wrong braces) + +\erroronpage{591}{para 1, l.5}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2} + Extra character: ``The third argument, \emph{ex\u{c}ec}, contains\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{592}{para 3, l.2+4}{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2} + Replace: ``Panday'' \> ``Pand\u{e}y'' (sorry) + +\seriouserroronpage{592}{para 3, l.3}{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2} + Replace ``\textsf{bang}'' with ``\textsf{bengali}''. This + package is available on CTAN in the \textsf{languages/bengali/pandey}. + +\seriouserroronpage{592}{para 3, l.4 }{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2} + Replace ``\textsf{denag}'' with ``\textsf{devnag}''. + This package is on CTAN \texttt{languages/devanagari/velthuis}. + +\erroronpage{592}{para 5, l.1}{CKr}{2004/10/15}{4} + Replace: ``E\u{hit}opian'' \> ``E\u{thi}opian'' + +\erroronpage{592}{general remarks}{PPn}{2004/05/25}{} +Additional remarks not for inclusion in the book: For \TeX{}, \LaTeX{} +in languages of India, +there are several nice packages. An overview can be found in the +following {\sc TUGboat} Articles; + +\begin{enumerate} +\item Anshuman Pandey, \textsl{An overview of Indic Fonts for \TeX{}}, +{\sc TUGboat} Volume 19, Number 2 / June 1998 115---119 +\item Anshuman Pandey, \textsl {Typesetting Bengali in \TeX{}}, {\sc +TUGboat} Volume 20, Number 2, June 1999 119---126 +\item C. V. Radhakrishnan, \textsl{A case for \TeX{} in India}, {\sc +TUGboat} Volume 19, Number 1, March 1998, 6---9. +\item Karel P\'{\i}\v{s}ka, \textsl{A conversion of public Indic fonts +from METAFONT into Type I format with} {\sc TeX{}TRACE}, Volume +23, Number 1, 2002, 70---73 +\item +Yannis Haralambous and John Plaice, \textsl{Low-level Devan\=agari +support for Omega-- Adapting {\sf devnag}}, i +Volume 23, Number 1, 2002, 50---56 +\end{enumerate} + +In addition to these articles, TUGIndia has uploaded two +\LaTeXe{} packages (i) Malayalam for \LaTeXe{}, and (ii) Kannada +\LaTeX{}, both available from www.sarovar.org. + +A remark on {\sf devnag} package:-- Originally developed by Frans +Velthuis in 1991, it was upgraded for use with \LaTeXe{} (made +NFSS-complaint), and maintained by a team consisting of Dominik +Wujastyk, John Smith, Anshuman Pandey, Fran\c{c}ois Patte, and +Zden\v{e}k Wagner. Very recently, the project has +been handed over to TUGIndia, for further development, +and as of May 2004, it has moved from sourceforge.net to +sarovar.org. + + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 10} + +\erroronpage{chap.10}{boxed texts}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2} + In addition to what has been reported elsewhere, here's an overview + of some more inconsistencies in (some of) the ``syntax boxes'' of + this chapter. \\ + With parenthesized arguments, commas are part of the syntax; + hence they should be set in `typewriter font' (???). \\ + The space after these commas should also be uniform. + \\ \vspace{.5\baselineskip} + % + \begin{tabular}{@{}rrllp{44mm}@{}} \hline + page(s) & box(es) & comma & space & remark \\ \hline + 599 & & |\rm| & no & asterisk should be in |\tt| \\ + 602/3 & all & |\rm| & yes & ``...'' vs.\ ``\ldots'' \\ + 606 & 1 & |\rm| & no & ``...'' vs.\ ``\ldots'' \\ + 606 & 2 & |\it| & no & \\ + 607 & & |\rm| & yes & \\ + 608 & all & |\it| & no & \\ + 610 & 1--2 & |\rm| & yes & ``...'' vs.\ ``\ldots'' \\ + 616 & & |\it| & no & \raggedright + also in text after box! \\ + (ll.1+5 in first para) + \tabularnewline + 639 & & |\it| & no & \\ + 641 & 1--2 & $^*$ & no & \raggedright + $^*$various flaws; \\ + see separate error entry. + \tabularnewline \hline + \end{tabular} + + +\erroronpage{596}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + Replace: ``is the same as \u{those} produced'' + \> ``\ldots \u{that} \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{597}{para -1, l.-4/-3}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + Replace: ``\ldots, in case \u{they are} changed'' + \> ``\ldots, in case \u{it is} changed'' + +\erroronpage{597/598}{para -1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + Delete word: ``which again \u{that} expects one argument.'' + +\erroronpage{599}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2} + The asterisk after |\fancyput| should be centred and the `(' and `)' + should be in typewriter. + +\seriouserroronpage{599}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2} + Replace brackets by braces. (The \emph{horizontal-material} + argument is not an optional, but a mandatory one.) + +\erroronpage{600}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + Replace: ``\u{don't} work'' \> ``\u{does not} work'' + +\erroronpage{600}{exa 10-1-12}{GBa}{2004/07/28}{2} + The optional parameter ``[t]'' in the second example is printed as text +in line (1). + + Remove in code: ``\texttt{[t]}'' + + Append to previous paragraph: ``An optional position argument is not supported.'' + +\erroronpage{601}{l.-17}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} +Add word: Calculating the horizontal and vertical \u{distance} + +\erroronpage{602--603}{all boxed texts}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2} + All the parentheses `(' and `)' (9 pairs in total) + should be in `typewriter font'. + +\erroronpage{604,605,609}{}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + On p.604 (l. -2) and p.605 (ll. 1, 2) we have ``|join| + environment(s)''.\\ + On p.605 (ll. -6, -1) these are called ``|..join| environments''.\\ + On p.609 (para 3, l.5) it's ``|join| environments'' again. + +\erroronpage{606}{para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/16}{4} + ``The \textsf{epic} \ldots'' \> + either: ``\textsf{epic} \ldots'' + or: ``The \textsf{epic} package \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{606}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + Delete comma and move word:\\ + ``This command\u{, which} is a variant \ldots\ command, allows + \ldots'' \>\\ + ``This command is a variant \ldots\ command, \u{which} allows + \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{606}{second boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2} + Brackets should also be in `typerwriter font'. + +\erroronpage{606}{para -1}{HjG/FMi}{2005/05/19}{4} + The arguments ``\textit{$\Delta$width}'' and + ``\textit{$\Delta$height}'' are mistakenly used in math mode. In + the book that means a differnt font and different kerning. + +\erroronpage{606--608}{all boxed texts}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2} + All the parentheses `(' and `)' (9 pairs in total) + should be in `typewriter font'. + +\erroronpage{609}{}{FMi}{2004/06/07}{2} + Editorial comment: reprinted see earlier summary entries. + +\erroronpage{610}{first two boxed texts}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2} + All the parentheses `(' and `)' (6 pairs in total) + should be in `typewriter font'. + +\erroronpage{612}{exa 10-1-25}{PYu/FMi}{2004/07/05}{2} + The |\protect| in front of |\footnotesize| (twice) is not necessary. + +\erroronpage{613}{para 1, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2} + Citations disrupt sentence!\\ + ``\ldots\ bundle [48,49] or [57, Chapter~6] for \ldots'' \> \\ + ``\ldots\ bundle \u{(see }[48,49] or [57, Chapter~6]\u)''\\ + and move the parenthesised citations to the end of the sentence. + +\erroronpage{614}{para 1, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + Missing closing quotes: + ``the ``extended\u{\strut''} or ``enhanced'' \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{616}{boxed texts}{FMi}{2004/05/26}{2} + Corrections as outlined in summary entry above. + +\erroronpage{618}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2} + Replace: ``\textit{key val list}'' \> ``\textit{key/val-list}'' + (also in following text). + +\erroronpage{620}{para 1, l.1; para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + Replace: + ``the first \u{seven} keys'' \> ``the first \u{eight} keys''\\ + ``The first \u{nine} keys'' \> ``The first \u{ten} keys'' + +\erroronpage{620}{para 5, l.2}{FMi}{2005/04/27}{4} + Replace: + ``\ldots in the \u{optional arguments}.'' \> + ``\ldots in the \textit{key/val-list}.'' + +%\erroronpage{621}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{} +% Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned. + +\erroronpage{623}{para 1, l.7}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + Delete word: ``some \u{of} key combinations'' + +\erroronpage{623}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2} + Replace: ``\textit{key val list}'' \> ``\textit{key/val-list}'' + (also in following text). + +\erroronpage{630}{para 3, l.3}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2} + Replace: ``the next |\parbox| examples'' \> ``the next + \u{\texttt{tabular}} examples'' + +\erroronpage{631}{para -1, l.-1}{JBr}{2004/08/02}{2} + Replace: ``\textit{key val}'' \> ``\textit{key/val}'' + +\erroronpage{632}{fig. 10.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + The horizontal extent of the box is called ``|length|'' \> + probably better: ``|width|''.\\ + Missing standalone horizontal specs: + ``|[l]|'' $\equiv$ ``|[lc]|''; + ``|[r]|'' $\equiv$ ``|[rc]|''. + +\erroronpage{632}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2} + Replace: ``\textit{key val list}'' \> ``\textit{key/val-list}'' + +\erroronpage{633}{para 1, ll.4/5}{HjG}{2005/05/16}{4} + Add character: ``A matrix \ldots\ appear\u{s} below.'' + +\erroronpage{633}{l.-2}{HjG/DPa}{2004/06/07}{2} + Replace: ``The material in the section can be compared to + Sebastian\ldots'' \> + ``The material in this section is similar to that of Sebastian\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{637}{footnote 2}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{2} + Bug in \texttt{url.sty} generated extra space. + +\erroronpage{639}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2} + The parentheses `(' and `)' should be in `typewriter font'. + +\erroronpage{640}{para -1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + ``the second |\vector| is truncated'' \> + ``the second |\vector| is not rendered correctly'' + +\erroronpage{641}{first two boxed texts}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2} + The parentheses `(' and `)' around ``x1,y1'' (3 pairs in total) + should be in `typewriter font'.\\ + All coordinates should be in (math) italic with subscripts + (cf., e.g., pp.607/610): $x_1$, $y_1$, $x_2$, $y_2$. + +\seriouserroronpage{641}{para 2 l.1}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2} + Replace: ``between points (x1,y2)'' \> ``between points (x1,\u{y1})'' + +\erroronpage{641}{syntax boxes}{FMi}{2004/06/01}{2} + The variable parts do not show the right fonts. + +\erroronpage{641}{para 3, l.1}{ReSt}{2005/04/17}{4} + Remove: ``The |\Curve| command\u{s} is similar\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{641}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + Second occurrence of mandatory argument should use the same font as + the first one, i.e., ``\textit{m}'' instead of ``\texttt{m}''. + +\seriouserroronpage{641}{para 4, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + Change sentence:\\ + ``Like |\linethickness|, it is an absolute value \u{in points} + (i.e., not affected by |\unitlength|)\u{ with the unit omitted}.'' + \>\\ + ``Like |\linethickness|, it is an absolute value (i.e., not + affected by |\unitlength|)\u{, given in any of \LaTeX's units}.'' + +\erroronpage{642}{item 6, l.2}{ReSt}{2005/04/28}{4} + Remove: ``font information \u{information} to allow\ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{643}{para 4, l.3}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2} + delete ``,and .gif'' + +\erroronpage{643}{para 3, l.1}{FMi}{2005/11/11}{s} + Unfortunately Th\`anh's name is mispelled. The correct spelling + is ``H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh''. + +\erroronpage{643}{para 4, l.5}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2} +Add: ``\ldots can be converted to PDF by +ImageMagick's \texttt{convert} utility\u{, \texttt{eps2pdf}} (\u{both +of} which call \texttt{ghostscript} +internally), \texttt{Acrobat Distiller}, or\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{646}{l.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/08}{2} +Add: + ``(If the \texttt{dvi} file contains more than one +page several output files are generated.)'' + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 11} + +\erroronpage{651}{1st example}{PYu}{2004/07/01}{2} + ``Page 9 :'' should be typeset ``Page 9:''. + +\erroronpage{652}{2nd example}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2} + Missing colon: ``Page 22\u{\strut:}'' + +\erroronpage{652}{l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2} + Surplus words: ``The latter case \u{is for} allows for \ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{654}{para 2 l.7}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2} + Missing |}|: ``like + |\index{\texttt{|\emph{key}|}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}} and'' + + + +%That's a nice one: somehow the copy-editor has but the output is one +%of the few remaining graphics in the book, sigh + +\seriouserroronpage{656}{figs. 11.3+4}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2} + The text on p.649, l.1 claims: + ``Figures 11.3 and 11.4 on page 656 show the input and generated + output of a small \LaTeX{} document, \ldots, together with the + result of including the \textsf{showidx} package \ldots'' + This does not quite hold: There are some differences in the text + and the output of \textsf{showidx} contains some index entries not + present in the source. + +\vspace{.5\baselineskip} + % +\hspace*{-100pt}\begin{minipage}[b]{\linewidth} + \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} \hline + \multicolumn{3}{c}{Differences in the text} \\ \hline + & source (fig. 11.3) & output (fig. 11.4) \\ \hline + \S1 & \ldots actually written into that file \u{only} \ldots + & \ldots actually \u{only} written into that file \ldots \\ + \S2 & \u{To} prepare the index \ldots + & \u{In order to} prepare the index \ldots\\ + \S2 & \ldots, \u {such as} \ldots + & \ldots, \u{like} \ldots \\ + \S3 & \ldots by \u{the index processor} \ldots + & \ldots by \u{\texttt{makeindex}} \ldots \\ \hline + \multicolumn{3}{c}{Missing index entries} \\ \hline + & \multicolumn{2}{l}{include index} \\ + & \multicolumn{2}{l}{Final production run} \\ + & \multicolumn{2}{l}{makeindex@\texttt{makeindex} program + \emph{(2nd instance)}} \\ \hline + \end{tabular} +\end{minipage} + +\vspace{.5\baselineskip} +The source has now been edited to match the printed output. + + +\erroronpage{656}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{} + How horrible the page rotated counterclockwise! + +\erroronpage{657}{\texttt{-p} item, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2} + Add word: ``\ldots the three \u{special} cases \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{660}{tab 11.1, note}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4} + Swap the words ``single'' and ``double'' + +\iffalse +% not a bug make it look nicer +\erroronpage{661}{tab. 11.2, right col.}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{} + Inter-line spacing in multiple-line entries ???\\(Keywords: + |headings_flag|, |item_x1|, |delim_0|, |page_precedence|) +\fi + +\erroronpage{661}{tab. 11.2, l.12}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4} + The identifier referred is ``\texttt{heading\_flag}'', but the + desciption uses the word ``\texttt{flag}''. + + +\erroronpage{662}{l.6}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4} + The |-p| option is described on page 657. + + +% in short rnaRA is correct +\seriouserroronpage{664/665}{para -2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2} + Confusion: default value of |page_precedence|:\\ + In para~\mbox{-2}, l.\mbox{-1}: + ``\ldots; the default is |rRnaA|, as noted in Table~11.2 on + page~661.'' + But in that table, ``|"rnaRA"|'' is given!\\ + In para~\mbox{-1}, l.\mbox{-2}: + ``\ldots\ default |page_precedence| of |rnaRA| \ldots''!\\ + (Also note that the remarks on p.666, para~2, suggest |rRnaA|, + referring to the same table as above.) + +Changed to consistently refer to rnaRA. + +page 666 changed to reflect rnaRA:\\ +`` \ldots\ assumes that pages numbered with lowercase Roman +numerals precede those numbered with Arabic numerals, which in turn +precede those numbered with the lowercase alphabet, uppercase Roman +numerals and finally the uppercase alphabet. + + +\seriouserroronpage{661/664-5}{}{FMi}{2005/08/14}{4} + + Confusion: the changes made in the second printing were wrong! The + default for |page_precedence| is |rRnaA| after all. (Or more + precisely: the program code shows |rnaRA| as the default but that + value is never used and the program logic implements |rRnaA| -- what + a mess.) + + Most of that section rewriten to better explain the limitations of + MakeIndex in the area of ``funny'' page numbers. + + +\seriouserroronpage{666}{para 4 l.5 and l.6}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2} + Add extra visual space in second index: ``Likewise, + \verb*=\index{a space}= and + \verb*=\index{a space}= produce\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{668}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2} + Slight inconsistency (also in subsequent text: para~\mbox{-2}): + File arguments named ``\emph{idx1 idx2 \ldots}'' -- as opposed to + pp.~655 and~674, where they're named ``\emph{idx0 idx1 \ldots}''. + +\erroronpage{669}{para 3}{JS}{2004/07/24}{2} + Since xindy ignores all macros, it has no problems at all with + formatting macros, but more problems with macros producing text. + Substituted this paragraph with: + + ``\texttt{texindy} ignores unknown + \TeX{} commands by default under the assumption that they do not + produce text. It also knows about typical text-producing commands + like \verb=\LaTeX= and \verb=\BibTeX= and handles them correctly. + If you have your own command definition that produces text, or if you + use one supplied by a package, then the entry is sorted + incorrectly. You will either need to specify an explicit sort key + in your index entry, as in \verb=\index{prog@\Prog}=, or write a + \texttt{xindy} style file with a merge rule, as explained in + Section~11.3.4. + + Be aware that producing index entries in arguments of commands has + its own pitfalls, e.g., in + \verb=\command{Properties of \Prog\index{\Prog}}=. + Then \LaTeX{} commands might be expanded + before they are written to the \texttt{idx} file and the placement + in the index will depend on the expansion of \verb=\Prog=.'' + +\erroronpage{669}{para -2, l.3}{MKu/FMi}{2004/07/01}{2}% already done by fmi + Add: ``\ldots \verb|\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}| to all her + documents \u{(or on recent Linux distributions the + option \texttt{utf8})}, while\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{669}{section 11.3.2, para 2, L.3}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4} +"*her* documents": why a female *her*? + +\erroronpage{670}{table 11.3}{TMW/JS}{2004/06/07}{2} + texindy can only work with Latin scripts out of the box. Removed + all other languages, and checked list of supported languages with + current xindy ``\LaTeX{} Companion Release''. + +\erroronpage{671}{para 2}{JS}{2004/06/07}{2} +Replace with: ``There are about 50 predefined languages available, 35 of them are +readily usable with \texttt{texindy}. They are listed in +Table~11.3 on the facing page; you select one of them with the +\texttt{texindy} option~\texttt{-L}. The other predefined +languages have non-Latin scripts, their usage is described in the +\texttt{xindy} documentation. + + +\erroronpage{672}{table 11.4}{TSS/JS/CAR}{2004/05/26}{2} + The \verb|word-order| module has two essentially equivalent + descriptions. The |letter-order| module doesn't mention that + it's turned on by texindy option \texttt{-l}. Use ``so-called'' as + an example for |ignore-hyphen|. Add table footnote ``When two + entries are identical except for ignored characters, those + characters are not ignored any more.'' + +\erroronpage{673}{para 5, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2} + Words need to be swapped: + ``multiple \u{characters may} form a unit'' + +\erroronpage{674}{para 1 l.1}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2} + Extra word: ``those \u{of} available'' + +\erroronpage{674/675}{boxed text and item list below}{JS}{2004/07/24}{2} + Add option |[-C codepage]|. Add explanation between option |-L| + and |-q|: ``Use \textit{codepage} as internal base + encoding for sorting. This is used for fine-grained control of language + module selection, needed only for non-Latin scripts.'' + +\erroronpage{675}{example code}{JS}{2004/07/24}{2} + Exchange xindy example style file with one that works. (Half of the + lines were problematic in subtle ways.) + +\erroronpage{679}{example 3, para after the source}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4} + \texttt{:define-attributes} \> \texttt{define-attributes} + +\seriouserroronpage{679}{descr of theindex}{DSch}{2005/05/23}{4} + Comparing the code in TLC2 with \texttt{book.cls} made me realize +that the |\columnsep| command must come \emph{before} |\twocolumn| in +order to have the desired effect. + +\seriouserroronpage{680}{descr of theindex}{DSch}{2005/05/23}{4} + Comparing the code in TLC2 with \texttt{book.cls} made me realize +that the |\columnsep| command must come \emph{before} |\twocolumn| in +order to have the desired effect. + +\erroronpage{680}{First code block}{AFe}{2006/01/13}{} + Correct: |\mark|\texttt{\u k}|both| \> + |\markboth| + +\erroronpage{681}{para 1 of \S 11.4.3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2} + Extra word: ``augments \u{the} \LaTeX's indexing mechanism'' + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 12} + +\erroronpage{general}{several pages}{HVo/FMi}{2004/05/21}{} + The German word ``Schuldrecht'' is incorrectly hyphenated as + ``Schul\-drecht'' in several examples due to the fact that English + hyphenation patterns are used unless the language is + explicitly marked. This is a deliberate effect, see pages 719 and + 733--734. + +\erroronpage{683}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/12}{2} + Missing word: + ``The chapter begins \u{with} a short introduction \ldots'' + + +\erroronpage{684/685}{exa 12-1-2, l.-2 of source}{BMo/FMi}{2004/05/16}{2} + ``But then it might not'' should be ``But then they might not'' + for parallelism with the ``Multiple authors'' to which it is + referring. + + Also changed: ``Multiple authors'' \> ``Entries with multiple + authors'' + so that it is clear that not the authors are a problem (though + come to think of it: given the example's authors\ldots) + +\erroronpage{685}{exa 12-1-1/2}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2} + Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data + base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change + slightly in a reprint. + + +\erroronpage{687}{para 1}{FMi}{2004/08/03}{2} +Add: ``Depending on the layout produced by the class, +it may result in \u{a normal space,} some extra space\u, or in starting a new line.'' + +\erroronpage{688}{figure 12.1}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4} + Replace in first item: |\cite| \> |\citation| + +\erroronpage{690}{entry test97}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/18}{2} + Add ``\texttt{and others}'' to the author field. Otherwise the + example explanations in chapter 13 (pages 793--797) are + partially wrong. + + Editorial comment: This change will affect the output of a + number of examples in chapter 12 as well. + +\erroronpage{691}{syntax box}{HjG}{2004/06/13}{2} + Set commas in `typewriter font' + +\erroronpage{694}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/13}{2} + Missing comma: `\,``see [2--3,7\u,13]''\,' + +\erroronpage{696}{para 1, l.1}{DAl}{2005/08/21}{4} + Missing word: ``\ldots option \u{is} shown in Example 12-2-9\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{697}{para 3, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/13}{2} + Move period: `\,``Ref\u{''.}\,' \> `\,``Ref\u{.''}\,' + +%%\erroronpage{702}{para 2, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{} +%% ``Evidently'' does not seem to me to be quite the right word here. +% +% not convinced yet /FMi + +\erroronpage{705}{exa 12-3-17/18}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2} + Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data + base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change + slightly in a reprint. + +\erroronpage{705}{para 3, l.5}{TMi}{2004/08/27}{4} + Replace ``Geophysics'' with ``Geophysical''. + +\erroronpage{707}{exa 12-3-22}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2} + Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data + base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change + slightly in a reprint. + +\erroronpage{707}{exa 12-3-22, l.-2 of source}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2} + ``But then it might not'' should be ``But then they might not'' + for parallelism with the ``Multiple authors'' to which it is + referring. + + Also changed: ``Multiple authors'' \> ``Entries with multiple + authors'' + + +\erroronpage{708}{para 3, l.6}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2} + Replace: ``situati\u{ui}n'' \> ``situation'' + +\erroronpage{708}{para 4, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2} + Add: ``when using \u{the} \texttt{chicago} \u{\BibTeX\ style}.'' + +\seriouserroronpage{710}{para 4, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2} + Replace: + ``locate the printed version.'' \> ``locate the + article within the journal.'' + +\erroronpage{713}{para 1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2} + Replace: ``|\citep|'' \> ``|\citealp|'' + +\erroronpage{717}{para 1, l.4}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4} +Add word: ``If you \u{only} want to specify an \textit{annotator}, +\ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{719}{para 4, l.-2/-1}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2} + Extra word: ``the \u{the} journal'' \\ + Correct explanation: ``\ldots the journal name\u{, volume number,} + and year of publication, which is why we got ``TUGboat \u{10 + [}1989\u]''.'' + +\seriouserroronpage{719}{syntax box}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2} + Order of optional arguments are like |\cite| (i.e., swapped):\\ + |\citetitle[|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| or + |\citetitle[|\emph{annotator}|][|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}|\\ + |\cite*[|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| or + |\cite*[|\emph{annotator}|][|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| + +\seriouserroronpage{722}{para 2, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2} + Correct explanation: ``\ldots is always ``author name, journal, + \u{volume,} and year''.'' + +\seriouserroronpage{723}{syntax box}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2} + Order of optional arguments are like with |\cite|:\\ + |\fullcite[|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| or + |\fullcite[|\emph{annotator}|][|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| + +\erroronpage{726}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2} + Delete comma: + ``\ldots\ when used together\u, with \ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{727}{para 3, l.-3}{JBe}{2004/06/01}{2} + Replace: \texttt{\textbackslash jbnovarioref} \> + \texttt{\textbackslash jbignorevarioref} + +\erroronpage{727}{examples 12-5-21/22}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2} + Not wrong, but it looks funny: due to the chosen example height the + footnote from the previous page (not shown) is partially carried + over so we get ``43311-7'' as the first item in the footnote. That + is the last part of the ISBN number see example 12-5-20. + + Previous page enlarged by one line to avoid this. + \verb|\AtBeginDocument{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}| + added to (hidden) preamble commands. + +\erroronpage{729}{para 1, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2} + Correct: ``to ``Ibid.\u{, \S\,3}''.'' + +\seriouserroronpage{730}{example 12-5-28}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2} + Citation 7 and 8 are similar, but the description above says + something else... + + To correct this mistake and to better show what happens, the example + was changed to contain a slightly different set of citations (same + change was made to example 12-5-27): +\begin{verbatim} + Full citations: \cite{aschur} \cite{bschur} + not shown on the left! +\newpage + text \cite[\S\,7]{aschur} text + \cite[\S\,8]{aschur} \cite[\S\,16]{zpo} + text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{aschur} + text \cite[\S\,3]{zpo} +\end{verbatim} +And the text above the example was changed as follows: + + ``If \texttt{name\&title\&auto} was selected (either implicitly or +explicitly), then the following happens: the first citation of a +publication automatically displays the full entry (citation~5 in the +next example). In case of repeated citations to unambiguous works +only the name of the author(s) are shown (citation~8). For ambiguous citations +this will be done only for immediately following citations +(citation~4). However, if there are +intervening citations, then the name(s) and short titles are shown +(citations~3, 6, and~7).'' + +\erroronpage{731}{para 1, l.4}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/15}{2} + Correct/change to: ``that \u{two} + citation\u{s} \ldots\ \u{are} actually wrong:'' + +\erroronpage{732}{para 3. l.2}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4} +Replace: ``in which case \u{the first} cross-reference \ldots'' +\> ``in which case \u{a} cross-reference \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{734}{para 1, l.2}{CKr}{2005/05/7}{4} + Correct: |\bibgerman| \> |\bib|\u{\texttt s}|german| + +\erroronpage{734}{para 2, l.-1}{CKr}{2005/03/24}{4} + Remove surplus letters: ``get the correct\u{ion} hyphenation.'' + +\seriouserroronpage{741}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2} + Missing closing brace: + |\renewcommand\opcit{\textit{supra}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}} + +\seriouserroronpage{743}{item 3}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2} + Equal sign missing: \texttt{sortkey\u{ = }"Bismarck, Otto von"}. + +\erroronpage{744}{exa 12-5-48/49}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{} + There's a spurious space before all occurrences of + ``\textsc{D. E. Knuth}''! \\ This is (partly, ie in the footnote) + due to a missing percent in the definition of |\@realcite| and + |\@printbibliography| in the camel package. Seems that a problem + with the volume parsing in camel is the reason for the surplus + spaces showing up in the bibliography output. Reported to the + author. + +\erroronpage{745}{ll.3/4}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2} + Missing metaness:\\ + ``\ldots\ \texttt{jobname.tts}'' \> + ``\ldots\ \meta{jobname}\texttt{.tts}''\\ + ``\ldots\ \texttt{jobname.lts}'' \> + ``\ldots\ \meta{jobname}\texttt{.lts}'' + +\erroronpage{746}{tab 12.2}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2} + Replace (`bibtopic' column, row 4; `multibib' column, row 7):\\ + ``no'' \> ``No'' + +\erroronpage{746}{Tab. 12.2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2} + Change ``Requires tailored .bib files'' \> ``Works with standard + .bib files'' + (and change matching row entries) + +\erroronpage{746}{Tab. 12.2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2} + Change: ``Above typeset together somewhere'' \> + ``Group bibliographies together'' + +\erroronpage{749}{para -1, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/22}{2} + Missing accents: ``Jose Alberto Fernandez'' \> ``Jos\'e Alberto + Fern\'andez'' + +\erroronpage{750}{para -3, l.-2}{CKr}{2005/03/31}{4} + Delete surplus word: ``\ldots as \u{the} the auxiliary files would be + overwritten.'' + +\erroronpage{752}{para 1, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2} + Delete backslash: + ``\ldots in an \texttt{\u\textbackslash article} class).'' + +\erroronpage{753}{para 4, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2} + Replace: ``|\bibliography|'' \> ``|\bibliographystyle|'' + +\seriouserroronpage{755/756}{}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2} + Wrong limitation of multibib: The whole passage from ``A final + difference'' up to ``|nocite|.'' should be replaced with something + like: ``The multibib package (since version 2.3 of 2004/01/24) is + compatible with most other packages that provide extensions to the + cite mechanisms, including \textsf{cite}, \textsf{natbib}, and + {jurabib}. Moreover, the package provides a general interface which + allows to add arbitrary extensions of cite commands to be recognized + by \textsf{multibib}.'' + + Editorial comment: change affects pagebreak position. + +\erroronpage{756}{Ex. 12-6-10}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/21}{2} + Replace source text with: + |\LaTeX{} offers an interface to include|\\ + |graphics \citelatex{LGC97}. \LaTeX's|\\ + |default citation scheme is| \\ + |number-only \cite{vLeunen:92}.|\\ + i.e., move/remove the sentence periods. This should not affect the + output as the superscript is moved and double periods are removed. + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 13} + +% perhaps +\erroronpage{758}{para 3, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Delete word: ``\ldots\ to look for + \u{management} tools that help in managing such databases.'' + +\erroronpage{758}{para 4}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/16}{2} + Add+change: ``Once everything is under control, we return in + \u{Section~13.5} to the task of typesetting +and look at how different \BibTeX{} styles can be used to produce +different bibliography layouts from the same input. As there may not +be a suitable style for a particular set of layout requirements +available, Section~\u{13.5.2} discusses how to +generate\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{763}{tab. 13.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/16}{2} + In the explanation for \texttt{misc}, replace:\\ + ``(i.e., the entire field is empty)'' \> + ``(i.e., the entire entry is empty or has only ignored fields).'' + +\erroronpage{764}{para -3, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Add: ``following a field \u{name (and \texttt= sign)}'' + +\erroronpage{765}{tab. 13.2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + In the explanation for \texttt{type}:\\ + l.2: Add word: + ``For the \u{entry} type \texttt{phdthesis} \ldots''\\ + l.3: Punctuation is not part of string: + ``|type = "{Ph.D.} dissertation|\texttt{\u.}|"|'' \> + ``|type = "{Ph.D.} dissertation"|\u.''\\ + l.5: Punctuation is not part of strings:\\ + ``\texttt{chapter = "1.2\u," type = "Section\u."}'' \> \\ + ``\texttt{chapter = "1.2"}\u{ and} \texttt{type = "Section"}\u.'' + +\erroronpage{765}{`key's description, l.1}{JMH}{2005/06/29}{4} +Remove ``cross-referencing'': cross-referencing just uses key appearing in +|\cite| commands. + +\erroronpage{766/767}{several places}{DAl}{2005/09/12}{4} + Replaced ``Miguel Lopez Fernandez'' by ``Miguel Parra Benavides'' + as the original name would really require accents that are not yet + discussed at this point. + +\erroronpage{766}{para 6, l.1 }{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2} + Move comma: Fernandez\u{,''} should be Fernandez\u{'',} + +\erroronpage{768}{para 4, l.4}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2} + Replace: ``(see Section 13.2.2)'' \> ``(see below)'' \\ + After all we are in 13.2.2 :-) + +\erroronpage{770}{para 1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Replace: ``text \u{field} of \BibTeX\ \u{entries}'' \> + ``text \u{part} of \BibTeX\ \u{fields}'' + +\seriouserroronpage{771}{verb. text}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Surplus closing brace: + ``|"\providecommand\url[1]{\texttt{#1}}|\texttt{\u\textbraceright}|"|'' + +\erroronpage{771}{l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Change: ``different sorting rules from English'' \> + ``sorting rules different from those of English'' + +\erroronpage{772}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Shell command line should be underlined (as on pp.~775--778). + +\erroronpage{773}{para 3, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Change: ``put \u{from \BibTeX}\ into the \texttt{.bbl} file'' \> + ``put into the \texttt{.bbl} file \u{by \BibTeX}'' + +\seriouserroronpage{773}{para 3, ll.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Change: ``and \u{an} additional \LaTeX\ run'' \> + ``and \u{two} additional \LaTeX\ run\u{s}'' + +\erroronpage{773}{para -2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Add: ``articles and book\u{s}'' + +\erroronpage{775}{para -2, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Change font: ``in the \texttt{\u{string}} parameter'' \> + ``in the \emph{\u{string}} parameter'' + +\erroronpage{777}{program output}{FMi}{2004/08/03}{2} +After changing the bib file this line comes out as: +\begin{verbatim} +%% "EX/tex.bib", line 92: Unexpected value in ``year = "1980ff"''. +\end{verbatim} + +\erroronpage{777}{para -1, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Change: ``all \u{entries} are examined'' \> + ``all \u{fields of an entry} are examined'' + +\erroronpage{777}{para -1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Change: ``value part of the \u{entries}'' \> + ``value part of the \u{fields}'' + +\erroronpage{778}{para 4,l.2}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4} + Replace: ``\texttt{year=1980ff}'' \> ``|year={1980ff}|'' + +\erroronpage{779--784}{throughout}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Shell command lines should be underlined (as on pp.~775--778). + +\erroronpage{779}{para 3, l.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Add: ``one ore more \BibTeX\ databases as its argument\u{(s)}'' + +\erroronpage{779}{footnote 2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Add second hyphen: ``after the \texttt{-} option.'' + \> ``after the \texttt{-\u-} option.'' + +\erroronpage{780}{top}{FMi}{2004/08/03}{2} + Spurious space on top of page. + +\erroronpage{784}{para 1, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Typo (forgotten backslash!?): + ``Progpybliographer'' \> ``\textsf{pybliographer}'' + +\erroronpage{787}{l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Shell command line should be underlined (as on pp.~775--778). + +\erroronpage{787}{para -2, l.1}{CKr}{2005/04/20}{4} + Remove surplus letter: ``The \textsf{JBibtexManager} program + develop\u{p}ed by Nizar Batada'' + +\erroronpage{788}{fig. caption}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{2} + Add: The \textsf{JBibtexManager} workspace with the \u{(German locale)} + +\erroronpage{788}{footnote}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + Replace: ``Most of these restrictions have been lifted in the + new version of JBibtexManager.'' + +\erroronpage{789}{para 2, l.1}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + Replace: ``\ldots are kept unchanged but they are + neither visible nor modifiable from within the program.'' \\ + \> + ``\ldots are neither visible nor modifiable + except when using the ``raw \BibTeX'' mode in the newest version of + the program. '' + + +\erroronpage{789}{para 3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4} +Replace whole paragraph with: +``The program is not available on CTAN. Its current home is +\texttt{http://jabref.sourceforge.net/}, where it was merged +with a similar project called \textsf{BibKeeper} +under the new name \textsf{JabRef}.'' + +\erroronpage{789}{para 5, l.3}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{2} + Small rewrite: + The only ``foreign'' export formats supported are \texttt{.bbl} files + \u{and \texttt{.htm} files} (i.e., processing a selection of entries with + \BibTeX{} or \BibTeX8 from within the program and producing HTML + from a selection of entries\u{)}. + +\erroronpage{791--793}{tab 13.4}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + \texttt{apa.bst} -- add: + ``American Psychology Association \u{\BibTeX\ style}'' \\ + \texttt{jmb.bst} -- add: + ``\emph{Journal of Molecular Biology} \u{\BibTeX}\ style''\\ + Some journal names are written in italic, other's aren't: + Astronomy; Behavioral and Brain Sciences; Human Biology. + + +\erroronpage{793}{para 1, l.2}{SN}{2004/06/11}{2} + Remove surplus word: ``using another \u{the} \BibTeX{} style''. + +\erroronpage{793}{para 2,l.5}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4} + Remove comma: ``\ldots wich will show us\u{,} how different\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{794}{exa 13-5-1/2}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2} + Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data + base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change + slightly in a reprint. + +\erroronpage{795}{exa 13-5-3/4}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2} + Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data + base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change + slightly in a reprint. + +\erroronpage{795}{para 2, l.2}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4} + Replace: ``author's name'' \> ``authors' names'' + +\seriouserroronpage{795}{para 2, ll.4/5}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + The text states: ``Also note the interesting label produced for the + reference with more than three authors.'' \\ + However, example 13-5-4 cannot show this, as there are only three + authors (item~[GUD97]). + +\erroronpage{796}{exa 13-5-5/6}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2} + Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data + base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change + slightly in a reprint. + +\seriouserroronpage{796}{para 1, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + The text states: ``Note that the entry with more than three authors + has now been collapsed, showing only the first one.'' \\ + Again, example 13-5-5 does not show this, as there are only three + authors, and all three are shown (item~[5]). + +\seriouserroronpage{797}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + Replace: + ``\ldots; as a result, we get an incomplete \u{first} entry.'' \> + ``\ldots; as a result, we get an incomplete \u{second} entry.'' \\ + (Obviously, the citation of \texttt{LGC97} has been added to + example 13-5-7 \emph{after} this text was written.) + +\erroronpage{797}{exa 13-5-7}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2} + Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data + base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change + slightly in a reprint. + +\erroronpage{798}{tab 13.5, l. 1-2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{} + Replace: ``Erwin'' \> + '`Ervin'' + +\erroronpage{798}{para 1, l.3}{CKr}{2005/04/23}{4} + Remove surplus word: ``\ldots, then it is all that \u{it} is necessary.'' + +\erroronpage{800}{Citation scheme,l.2}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4} + Replace letter: ``\ldots different questions th\u{a}n if you + choose\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{802}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2} + Replace: ``derivation'' \> ``deviation'' + +\erroronpage{802}{para -1, l.3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4} + Replace wrong braces: + ``|\urlprefix\url[|\textit{field-value}|]|'' \> + ``|\urlprefix\url{|\textit{field-value}|}|'' + +\erroronpage{803}{para -2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2} + Replace: ``in the second phase of the \u{formatting}'' \> + ``in the second phase of the \u{processing}'' + + +\erroronpage{806}{list, item 3}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2} + Extra character: ``Printed in the order in which the\u{e} + references\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{806}{para -3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4} + Move this paragraph to the bottom of the page since it is really an + explanation about the functions defined for each publication type. + +\erroronpage{808}{table 13.8}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4} + Replace description for |int.to.chr$| with: + ``Translates integers into a characters using the ASCII mapping'' + +\erroronpage{810}{\texttt{fin.entry} example}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2} + Replace in ``\emph{After Modification}'' part (2~times): + ``|\sc|'' \> ``|\scshape|'' + +\erroronpage{811}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2} + Replace: ``at the beginning of this section'' \> + ``on the facing page'' + + + +\CHAPTER{Chapter 14} + +\erroronpage{814}{para 6, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2} + Delete doubled word: + ``The most important \u{important} commands \ldots'' + +%% not really a bug but inconsistent +\erroronpage{814}{para -1, l.-2}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2} + Explicitly show spaces: \verb*=% \iffalse= \ldots\ \verb*=% \fi= + +\erroronpage{815}{syntax boxes 2+3}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2} + For clarification the argument of |\DescribeMacro| and that of + |\begin{macro}| should both start with a |\|. + +\erroronpage{816}{para -3, l.4+}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2} + Change sentence: + Note that \u{such short forms for \texttt{\textbackslash verb}, + just} like \texttt{\textbackslash verb} itself, + cannot appear in the argument of another command, but + \u{the characters} may be used + freely inside \texttt{verbatim} and \texttt{macrocode} environments. + +\seriouserroronpage{820}{para 2, last line}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2} + Change to: ``lines 1, 2, and \u{4} if \texttt{Bname} is also +asked for, and lines 1, \u{3}, and 4 otherwise.'' + +\erroronpage{820}{para 3, l.5}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2} + Remove surplus space: ``behind \%\u{~} signs\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{820}{table 14.1}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2} + Entries not sorted correctly: swap |\CheckSum| and |\CheckModules| + +\seriouserroronpage{821}{descr.\ of + \ttfamily\textbackslash DeleteShortVerb}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + \verb=\MakeshortVerb= should be \verb=\Make=\u{S}\texttt{hortVerb}\\ + \verb=\MakeshortVerb*= should be \verb=\Make=\u{S}\texttt{hortVerb*} + +\erroronpage{821}{table 14.1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2} + As suggested by HOb (p.815): + ``|\DescribeMacro{\|\emph{cmd}|}|'' and + ``|\begin{macro}{\|\emph{cmd}|}|''. + +\erroronpage{822}{table 14.1, entry 2}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2} + |\meta{|\emph{arg}|}| ``Print \u{the} argument \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{822}{table 14.1, entry 3}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2} + Replace with: \verb=\SpecialEscapechar{\=\emph{char\/}\verb=}= + +\seriouserroronpage{822}{table 14.1, entry -2}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2} + Wrong default: ``(default |*|)'' \> ``(default |!|)'' + +\erroronpage{823}{table 14.1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2} + As suggested by HOb (p.815): + ``|\SpecialIndex{\|\emph{cmd}|}|'', + ``|\SpecialMainIndex{\|\emph{cmd}|}|'', and + ``|\SpecialUsageIndex{\|\emph{cmd}|}|''. + +\seriouserroronpage{824}{table 14.1, entry 6}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2} + Typo: |\MakePercentCommand| \> |\MakePercentComment| + +\erroronpage{825}{para 3, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2} + ``\% sign'' \> ``|%| sign'' + +\erroronpage{825}{para 5, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2} + ``target'' \> ``target machine'' + +% making the syntax box bigger affects next page as well: +\seriouserroronpage{826/827}{code box}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/24}{2} + Closing brace of \verb=\generate{...}= is missing. Also it would be + better if the box shows that several |\file| commands can be used. + +\erroronpage{826/827}{para -1\slash para 2}{HjG}{2005/05/15}{4} + The descriptions referring to the syntax box do not characterize + the changed contents of that box (due to a previous error report). + + Not only a single \textit{result-file} is possible:\\ + ``Within the argument to |\generate| you specify the + \textit{result-file} you want to produce by using a |\file| + declaration.'' + + The text ``as given above'' does no longer hold:\\ + ``With the syntax specification for |\generate| as given above, + you can produce one \textit{result-file} from one or more + \textit{source-files}.'' + +\erroronpage{826}{l.2}{HjG}{2005/02/26}{4} + Replace: LaTeX \> \LaTeX{} + +\erroronpage{826}{para -2, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2} + Add: ``only the code piece\u{s}'' + +\erroronpage{827}{para 2, l.-1}{HjG}{2005/05/15}{4} + ``source files'' \> ``\emph{source-files}'' + +\erroronpage{827}{}{FMi}{2004/06/08}{2} + Editorial comment: reprinted because of pagebreak changes. + +\erroronpage{828}{para 3, l.2}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2} + Extra word: ``If so, \u{case}'' \> ``If so,'' + +\seriouserroronpage{829}{syntax box}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2} + |\preamble|, |\endpreamble|, |\postamble|, and |\endpostamble| all + have to be on lines by themselves, so the displayed syntax is a bit + misleading (to say it nicely). + +\erroronpage{829}{para -2, l.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2} + Add word: ``in \u{the} \textsc{docstrip} package documentation'' + +\erroronpage{830}{para 4, ll.5/6}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2} + Change: + ``In addition, the user \u{has configured} the \textsc{docstrip} + program \ldots'' \> + ``\ldots\ \u{has to configure} \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{830}{para 5, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2} + Add: ``in the \textsc{docstrip} \u{script}'' + +\erroronpage{831}{ll. 4 to 15}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/27}{2} + The |\usedir| declarations in the example are not in accordance + with the TDS set-up. They show what \textsf{jurabib} + currently implements in its \texttt{.ins} files. + However, the correct set-up would be: +\begin{verbatim} + \usedir{tex/latex/jurabib} + \file{jurabib.sty}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{package}} + \file{dejbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{german}} + ... + \usedir{bibtex/bst/jurabib} + \file{jurabib.bst}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jurabst}} + ... + \usedir{doc/latex/jurabib} + \file{jbtest.tex}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{test}} + ... +\end{verbatim} + This also requires to change the text following. + +\erroronpage{831}{ll.16/17}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2} + Double interword space? + (if so: 2x visible, 1x vanished in line break)\\ + ``in \ |tex/...|'' \qquad yes, bug in \texttt{url}. + +\seriouserroronpage{831/832}{general}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2} + Replace throughout: |\DeclareDirectory| \> |\DeclareDir|.\\ + Unfortunately, \texttt{docstrip} is not consistent in its command names. + +\seriouserroronpage{832}{l. 5}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2} + Missing \texttt{*}: |\DeclareDir|\u{\texttt{*}}|{tex/bibtex/...| + +\erroronpage{832}{code blocks}{DPa}{2004/08/04}{2} + Three instances of |tex/bibtex| in |\DeclareDir| should lose the |tex/| to + conform to TDS and change made on page 831 + +\erroronpage{832}{2. code block}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{} + Replace: |text/latex/base| \> |tex/latex/base| + +\erroronpage{832}{para 4, l.-2}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2} + Change: ``\ldots a single |\UseTDS| in\ldots'' \> + ``a |\UseTDS| and a |\BaseDirectory| declaration in\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{832}{para 5, l. -3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is spelled incorrectly as + ``\TeX{} live'' or ``\TeX live'' + +\erroronpage{832}{l.-2}{HjG}{2005/05/15}{4} + Underline, as it is command line input. + +\erroronpage{833}{para -1, l.1}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{4} + Spurious extra blank between ``Another potential''. + + +\erroronpage{834}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2} + Change: ``These command\u{s}'' + +\erroronpage{834}{para 5, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2} + Closing parenthesis should not be in `typewriter font':\\ + ``(after |\begin{document}|\u)'' + +\erroronpage{835}{para 6, l.2}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2} +Missing letter: ``the source files into a +``user'' documentation and a\u{n} ``implementation'' part.'' + +\erroronpage{835}{para 6, l.5}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2} +Missing word: ``as the \textsf{doc} package \u{is} loaded'' + +\erroronpage{835}{ll.-6/-4}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2} + Replace: + ``\ldots\ \u{and no} configuration file.'' \> + ``\ldots\ \u{without a} configuration file.'' + +\erroronpage{837}{exa 14-4-1}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{} + Editoral comment: example has to be reprocessed whenever this chapter is modified to + show correct rcs checkin (otherwise input and output will not match). + +\erroronpage{837}{para 2,l.3}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4} + Replace: + ``running \u{heading}'' \> + ``running \u{header}'' + +\erroronpage{838}{code box}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2} + \texttt{\$Id\$}: first |$| uses wrong font (2 times) + +\erroronpage{839}{exa 14-4-2}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{} + Editorial comment: example has to be reprocessed whenever this chapter is modified to + show correct rcs checkin (otherwise input and output will not match). + +\seriouserroronpage{839}{item 1, l.1 and l.3}{AHo}{2004/09/02}{4} + Replace: \texttt{nottoday} \> \texttt{notoday} + +\seriouserroronpage{839}{item 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2} + Replace brackets with braces: ``\texttt{% + \char`\\pagestyle\u\textbraceleft fancy\u\textbraceright}'' + + +\CHAPTER{Appendix A} + +\erroronpage{842}{para 2, l.5}{PYu/FMi}{2004/07/03}{2} + Remove: ``\ldots + \texttt{A}\ldots\texttt{Z})\u{ in case of command names prefixed with a + backslash}.'' + +\erroronpage{842}{para 3, marginal}{FMi}{2004/08/01}{2} + Change: ``Environments and command names'' \> ``Environments'' + +\erroronpage{842}{para 3}{PYu/FMi}{2004/08/01}{2} + Remove: ``On + the other hand, names of environments \u{and counters} + are different.'' + +Add: ``In this case the +\texttt{*} is part of the name \u{and spaces preceding it are not ignored}. Thus, when writing +\verb*=\begin{figure *}=, the space would become part of the name \u{and +is not recognized as the start of a \texttt{figure*} environment}.'' + + +\erroronpage{843}{para 3, l.2}{YvH}{2004/05/28}{2} + Missing word: ``and |\z@| contain |@| \u{in} their name'' + +\erroronpage{843}{para 4, l.3}{PYu}{2004/07/03}{2} + Change: ``to do: the difficult'' \> ``to do\u; the difficult'' + +\erroronpage{844}{para 4, l.4}{PYu/FMi}{2004/07/04}{2} + Replace: ``Thus, the above example could be shortened to'' \> + ``Thus, the definition in the above example should be + replaced as follows:'' + +\erroronpage{846}{para 1, l.2}{ARi}{2004/07/02}{2} + A period should follow the right parenthesis and ``without'' + should be capitalized. + +\iffalse +% maybe +\erroronpage{845/846/847}{syntax boxes and text}{FMi}{2004/07/04}{} + Replace: ``\textit{command definition}'' \> + ``\textit{command-definition}'' +\fi + +\erroronpage{847}{para. 5, ll. 2-3}{PYu}{2004/07/04}{2} + For consistency replace \meta{cmd}with \textit{cmd} +and \meta{command definition} with \textit{command definition}. + +\erroronpage{851}{para 5, l.-2}{FMi}{2004/07/20}{2} + Add + change font: ``It also defines \u{the command} + |\the|\u{\textit{newctr}} to\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{852}{code block 1, l.2}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2} + Second \verb=\makeatletter= should be \verb=\makeatother= + +\erroronpage{852}{para 3, l.-3}{FMi}{2004/06/23}{2} + ``\u{For that reason} the next example'' \> ``\u{As a result} the next example'' + +\erroronpage{852}{para -1, l.3}{FMi}{2004/07/24}{2} +Move word: ``|\setcounter| or |\addtocounter| \u{command} or when\ldots'' \> + ``\u{command} |\setcounter| or |\addtocounter| or when\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{852}{para -1, l.-3}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{2} +Change: + ``It is \emph{not} suitable to print that number! For that reason a + set\ldots'' \> + ``However, the command cannot be used to typeset the value of the + counter! For that purpose a set\ldots'' + + +\erroronpage{853}{l.6}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{2} + Missing space: ``c,\u{~}\dots, z'' + +\erroronpage{853}{para 4,ll.2+3}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2} + Add word: ``\ldots definitions for sectioning \u{counters}'' + +\erroronpage{853}{counter code block}{FMi}{2005/06/09}{4} +The order of declarations of the counters is incorrect; they have to be +\begin{verbatim} +\newcounter{part} +\newcounter{section} +\newcounter{subsection}[section] +\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection] +\end{verbatim} +or you will receive a ``counter not defined'' error. + +\iffalse +\erroronpage{853}{general}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{} + Perhaps ``|\the|\meta{ctr}'' should be written without the meta + braces to match the form used on p.~852. \\ + Then again, perhaps not. +\fi + +\erroronpage{854}{ll. 1+2}{FMi}{2004/05/25}{2} + Add word and commata: ``Only the representation\u{, prefix,} and + label field commands + are defined \ldots'' + +\seriouserroronpage{854}{code block 1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/25}{2} +Replace with approx:\\[6pt] +\hspace*{-140pt}\begin{minipage}[b]{\linewidth} +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand\theenumi {\arabic{enumi}} \renewcommand\theenumii{\alph{enumii}} +\renewcommand\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}} \renewcommand\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}} +\end{verbatim} +\begin{verbatim} + \renewcommand\p@enumii{\theenumi} +\renewcommand\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)} \renewcommand\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii} +\end{verbatim} +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand\labelenumi {\theenumi.} \newcommand\labelenumii{(\theenumii)} +\newcommand\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.} \newcommand\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.} +\end{verbatim} +\end{minipage} + + +\erroronpage{855}{fig A.1, l.4}{JAn}{2005/09/09}{4} + Change ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' (no caret); and delete the +comma after inch + + +\erroronpage{855}{fig A.1}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2} +Add: \texttt{ex} \quad Height of a small ``x'' in the current font \u{(approximately)} +\\ +Add: \texttt{em} \quad Width + of capital ``M'' in current font \u{(approximately)} + + + +\erroronpage{856}{tab A.2, ll.1-3}{YvH}{2004/05/28}{2} + Correct: ``horizonal'' \> ``horizon\u{t}al'' (three times) + +\erroronpage{856}{tab A.2, l.6}{PYu}{2004/07/05}{2} + Add: ``a \u{solid} horizontal line'' + +\erroronpage{857}{table A.3}{V-Li}{2004/09/14}{4} + |\vspace{len}| is missing + +\erroronpage{858}{l.-8}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/26}{2} + Add: ``\u{missing or} misplaced |\item|'' + +\erroronpage{858}{syntax box}{PYu}{2004/07/03}{2} + |\addvspace{|\textit{space}|}| should be typeset in a smaller font. + +\erroronpage{859}{para -4, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + Typo: ``ar\u{r}ises'' \> ``arises'' + +\erroronpage{860}{para 1 of \S A.2, l.5}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2} + Replace: ``that behaves similarly to a\ldots'' + \> ``that behaves \u{much like} a\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{861}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2} + The \(\Longleftrightarrow\) in the margin seems to sport a tiny + gap in the middle (seems to be a lucida set-up problem). + +\erroronpage{866}{para 2 of \S A.2.3, l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2} + Words need to be swapped: ``height of a \u{box framed} with + |\fbox| or |\framebox|'' + +\seriouserroronpage{867}{ll.1/2 after exa A-2-17}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2} + \(2 \times 5.3\,\mathrm{pt} + 0.4\,\mathrm{pt} = 11\,\mathrm{pt} + \ne 12\,\mathrm{pt}\) so skip should be $5.8\,\mathrm{pt}$. + +\seriouserroronpage{868}{Table A4.}{UFi}{2004/05/22}{2} + Default value of depth of \verb=\hrule= should be 0.0pt (not 0.4pt). + +\seriouserroronpage{871}{para 2, l.2}{UFi}{2004/05/21}{2} + ``binary operators (, , , )'' should be typeset + ``binary operators (\texttt{+}, \texttt{-}, \texttt{*}, \texttt{/})''. + + +\erroronpage{875/876}{tab. A.5}{FMi}{2004/07/28}{2} + Add: ``\TeX{} switches \u{(can only be queried)}'' \\ + Add: ``\LaTeX{} switches \u{(last two can be set)}'' \\ \qquad (these are + |@afterindent| and |@tempswa|)\\ + Add row:\\ + |@afterindent| \quad \parbox[t]{7cm}{Switch checked by command + |\@afterheading| (usually used in headings) to + prevent (if |false|) indentation of next + paragraph.} + + Editorial comment: change moves pagebreak. + +\seriouserroronpage{878}{codeline 4 (?)}{UFi}{2004/05/22}{2} + |\usepackage[german]{varioref}[2001/09/0]:| day number is missing + (test for version doesn't work then anymore!) + +\erroronpage{886}{fig.~A.1}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2} + Add: \verb=\ProcessOptions= \u{\texttt{\char`\\relax}} + (cf. hint on p.~882!) + + +\CHAPTER{Appendix B} + +\erroronpage{891}{para 1, l.7}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2} +Missing letter: ``\verb=l.167 \par=\u{\texttt{t}}\verb={Text}='' + +\seriouserroronpage{892}{para 1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2} + ``\verb=\romen= (lines 1 and~2)'' + \> + ``\verb=\romen= (lines 2 and~3)'' + +\erroronpage{892}{para -1, ll.2--4}{HOb/FMi}{2004/05/22}{2} + Add: ``Technically, a moving argument is an argument + that is internally expanded by \LaTeX{} without typesetting it + directly\u{ (e.g.}, by using the internal \LaTeX{} construct + |\protected@edef|\textsuperscript{1}\u).'' + +\erroronpage{893}{para 2, l.8}{MHo/FMi}{2004/10/05}{4} + Replace: + ``On the other hand, |\cong| is fragile\ldots'' + \> + ``On the other hand, |\[...\]| is fragile\ldots'' + + +\erroronpage{894}{l.-7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + Add word: \ldots still open) \u{or} will be swallowed\ldots + +\erroronpage{896}{item 1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + Not in alphabetical order: move one item down. + +\erroronpage{896}{item 4}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + Not in alphabetical order: move four items down. + +\erroronpage{896}{item -1}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2} + Whether or not the image size can be automatically determined + depends on the graphics driver. Last sentence rewritten as follows:\\ + ``It usually does this automatically, for example, for +\texttt{.eps} files by reading the bounding box +information. However, depending on the graphics driver, it may be +unable to extract this information from binary +bitmap images such as \texttt{.jpg}, \texttt{.gif}, and \texttt{.png} files.'' + +\erroronpage{897}{item 5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + Not in alphabetical order: move one item down. + +\erroronpage{899}{item 1}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2} + The extra \verb=\or= could result from bad use of \verb=\ifthenelse= + +\erroronpage{899}{item 5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is spelled incorrectly as + ``\TeX{} live'' or ``\TeX live'' + +\erroronpage{901}{item 3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is spelled incorrectly as + ``\TeX{} live'' or ``\TeX live'' + +\seriouserroronpage{902}{l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2} + Missing letter: ``\texttt{\char`\\dis\u{c}retionary}'' + +\erroronpage{907}{item 5, l.2}{CKr}{2005/05/30}{4} + Add missing word: ``\ldots or \texttt{figure}, \u{is} encountered\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{907--909}{item 2}{UFi/FMi}{2004/07/31}{2} + \TeX{} error message missing: ``\texttt{No room for a new ...}'' + + The packages loaded in your document require more internal registers +(|\count|, |\dimen|, \ldots) than there are available in \TeX. Try +processing your document with e\TeX{} and additionally load the +\textsf{etex} package. + + Editorial comment: affects pagebreaks for 908/909 as well. + + + +\erroronpage{909}{middle}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2} + In the sample output, the lines ``\texttt{<*> samplefile.tex}'' and + ``\texttt{? }'' should be indented by the same amount as the first + four lines. + +\erroronpage{909}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2} + Missing interword space: ``an\u{ }\verb=\addvspace= command'' + +%%check (that's me) +\iffalse +\erroronpage{911}{item 5}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{} + ``To the author's knowledge, \ldots'' + \> + ``To the authors' knowledge, \ldots'' +\fi + +\erroronpage{913}{item 1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2} + Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 + +\erroronpage{913}{item 1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + Not in alphabetical order: move four items down. + +\erroronpage{913}{item -3, l.-3/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2} + Replace word: ``\ldots commands \u{and}, if necessary, masking a line + break in the source with a \verb=%= sign.'' + +\erroronpage{914}{l.8}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2} + Missing interword space: ``\verb=\spacefactor=\u{ }only'' + +\erroronpage{917}{footnote}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2} + Replace footnote with: ``In modern distributions \LaTeX{} is automatically + using the e\TeX{} program. On older installations you may have to + call a different program (e.g., \texttt{elatex} instead of + \texttt{latex}) when processing a + document.'' + + +\erroronpage{918}{l.-13}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2} + Misplaced comma:\\ + ``\ldots\ arguments thereby, using up \ldots'' + \>\\ + ``\ldots\ arguments, thereby using up \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{920}{item 2}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + Not in alphabetical order: move one item down. + +\erroronpage{921}{item -2}{MBr}{2004/08/03}{2} + Not in alphabetical order: move item to top. + +\erroronpage{923}{item 1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + Not in alphabetical order: move one item down. + +\erroronpage{924}{item 2, para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2} + Typo: ``th\u{r}ough'' \> ``though'' + +\erroronpage{925}{l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2} + Missing interword space: ``the command\u{ }\verb=\symbol='' + +\erroronpage{925}{item -2, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2} + Extra word: ``are \u{the} those'' \> ``are those''\\ + Surplus space: `` register~\u~0'' \> ``register~0'' + +\erroronpage{925}{item -2}{MBr}{2004/08/03}{2} + Not in alphabetical order: move item one up. + +\seriouserroronpage{926}{item 4, title}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + ``\verb=Overfull \hbox (badness= \meta{number}\texttt)'' should be + ``\verb=Overfull \hbox (=\meta{number}\texttt{pt too wide)}'' + +\erroronpage{926}{item 5, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2} + Typo: ``built'' \> ``build'' + +\seriouserroronpage{926}{item 5, title}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + ``\verb=Overfull \vbox (badness= \meta{number}\texttt)'' should be + ``\verb=Overfull \vbox (=\meta{number}\texttt{pt too wide)}'' + +\seriouserroronpage{928}{item 6, title}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + ``\verb=Tight \hbox='' should be ``\verb=Tight \vbox='' + +\erroronpage{930}{item 1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2} + Omit paragraph indentation! + +\erroronpage{930}{item 4, l.2}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + Typo: ``i\u{t}entify'' \> ``identify'' + +\erroronpage{931}{item 4, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2} + Add: ``\ldots\ package \u{or class} in question.'' + +\erroronpage{931}{item 4}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2} + The warning also happens if you give absolute or relative + pathnames like \verb=\documentclass{base/article}= + +\erroronpage{931}{item 6}{MBr/FMi}{2004/08/03}{2} + Order here is debatable but a ``,'' may not be good for visual + sorting, so move this item one up (placeholder are always sorted to + top so it doesn't pass ``package-or-class''. + +\erroronpage{932}{para 4, l.1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + Typo: ``\u{t}which \> ``which'' + +\seriouserroronpage{935}{ll.3--5}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2} + The text claims:\\ + ``The output is slightly different: the name \u{and the type} of a + token are not shown by |\meaning|; instead, only its ``meaning'' is + presented.''\\ + However, as example B-3-1 depicts, the type \emph{is} shown; hence, + the sentence should be changed to:\\ + ``The output is slightly different: the name + of the token \u{is} not shown by + |\meaning|; instead, only \u{its type and} its ``meaning'' + \u{are} presented.'' + +\erroronpage{936}{para 1, l.3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + Closing brace should be after ``19'' and not at end of line. + +\erroronpage{938}{para -1, l.3}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/23}{2} + Difficult to understand; replace: + ``\ldots a large \u{increase in} \texttt{t=} between'' + +\erroronpage{939}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2} + Words need to be swapped: + ``\ldots\ \TeX{} indicates \u{this fact} with \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{941}{l.19/20}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2} + Add: ``so-called demerits \u{(\texttt{d=})}'' + +\erroronpage{942}{l.22}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2} + Change: ``several ways to reach \u{\texttt{@@2}};'' + \> ``several ways to reach \u{\texttt{@@6}};'' + +\erroronpage{943}{para -1 of \S B.3.3, l.-6}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2} + Typo: ``shinkability'' \> ``shrinkability'' + + + +\CHAPTER{Appendix C} + +\erroronpage{general}{several pages}{FMi}{2005/07/01}{4} + Appendix was partially rewritten to reflect changes in the layout + of the web sites. More importantly: CTAN changed their ftp + software and stopped supporting the generation of directory + archives on the fly. Instead they now offer precompiled + \texttt{zip} files that can be downloaded. + +\erroronpage{947}{ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2} + Missing word: ``it is best \u{to} access'' + +\erroronpage{947}{para -1, l.5}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{2} + Bug in \texttt{url.sty} generated extra space. + +\erroronpage{948}{para -1, l.5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + Show short name: ``\ldots\ \TeX{} Users Group (\u{TUG}, United States)'' + +\erroronpage{950}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2} + Typo: ``a site that i\u{s} not too distant'' + +\seriouserroronpage{953}{l.11}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2} + Replace line: ``\verb=>>>>>>> 1.6='' \> + ``\texttt{200-index graphicx}'' + (probably due to an incomplete merge with CVS) + +\erroronpage{954}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4} + ``\TeX live'' \> ``\TeX{} Live'' + +\erroronpage{955}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4} + Remove surplus word: + ``in \u{the} Thomas Esser's \texttt{tetex} distribution'' + +\erroronpage{955}{para -2, l.-4}{MHe}{2004/05/22}{2} + Letters need to be swapped: ``eig\u{ht}eenth'' + +\erroronpage{956}{cn: entry}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4} + Replace: + ``\u{name}: Hong Feng'' \> ``\u{contact}: Hong Feng'' + +\erroronpage{957}{col. 2, l.15}{TMW}{2004/06/07}{2} + This should read ``Lietuvos \TeX'o Vartotoj\k{u} Grup\.{e}''. + +\erroronpage{958}{col. 1, l.19}{TMW}{2004/06/07}{2} + An acute accent should be added: ``Toru\'n'' + + + +\CHAPTER{Bibliography} + +\erroronpage{963}{[1]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4} + Url changed: \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/font/T1_SPEC.PDF} + +\erroronpage{963}{[2]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4} + Url changed: \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5001.DSC_Spec.pdf} + +\erroronpage{963}{[3]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4} + Url changed: + \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5002.EPSF_Spec.pdf} + +\erroronpage{964}{[5]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4} + Url changed: + \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/pdf/PDFReference.pdf} + + +\erroronpage{965}{[17], l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2} + Delete character: ``in a\u{n} multi-language setting'' + +\erroronpage{966}{[25]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + First line of online resources is not flush right but centered. + +\erroronpage{973}{[88]}{TSS}{2004/05/26}{2} + The bibliography entry for "The Art of Computer Programming" lacks + ISBN numbers: 0-201-89683-4, 0-201-03822-6, and 0-201-03803-X. + +\erroronpage{973}{[90], l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2} + Words need to be swapped: + ``\ldots do not look as \u{beautiful now} as they did in the past.'' + +\erroronpage{973}{[91]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + First line of online resources is not flush right but centered. + +\erroronpage{975}{[107], [109], [110], [111]}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2} + Incomplete URLs:\\ + \texttt{http://www.latex-project.org\u{/ltnews/}}\\ + \texttt{http://www.latex-project.org\u{/guides/fntguide.pdf}}\\ + \texttt{http://www.latex-project.org\u{/guides/cfgguide.pdf}}\\ + \texttt{http://www.latex-project.org\u{/lppl/}} + +\erroronpage{976}{[117]}{FMi}{2005/11/07}{s} + The title is ``E-\TeX: Guidelines for Future \TeX{} Extensions''. + +\erroronpage{977}{[124]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + First line of online resources is not flush right but centered. + +\erroronpage{977}{[124]}{FMi}{2005/07/09}{4} + Link is missing a period: + \url{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/tug99}\texttt{\u.pdf} + +\erroronpage{978}{[138]}{FMi}{2005/06/25}{4} + Now has appeared: 24\#1, pp.~105--114, 2004. URL: + \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb24-1/plaice.pdf} + +\erroronpage{979}{[143]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + Missing period: Robert M\u. Ritter + +\erroronpage{979}{entry 146, l.3}{RWa}{2004/06/01}{2} + Missing word: ``for \LaTeX\ \u{and} a possible'' + +\erroronpage{980}{[151]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2} + Remove: ``\LaTeX\u{Joachim Schrod}.'' + +\erroronpage{980}{[153]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2} + Swap words: ``often are'' \> ``are often'' + +\erroronpage{980}{[155]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2} + Missing word: ``For \u{the} \textsf{kuvio} system\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{980}{[157]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + First line of online resources is not flush right (stray space?). + +\erroronpage{981}{[158]-[162]}{RKo}{2005/11/11}{s} + Unfortunately Th\`anh's name is mispelled (accents in [161/2]). The correct spelling + is ``H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh''. + + Furthermore, the surename is H\`an so the entries should have been sorted + under H (something that can't be corrected easily). + +\erroronpage{981}{[161]}{CKr}{2005/07/06}{4} + Remove surplus name in text: ``User\u{Sebastian Rahtz} manual \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{981}{[162/3], title}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2} + Change: ``Makeindex'' \> ``makeindex'' + +\erroronpage{982}{[168]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + First line of online resources should be:\\ + \texttt{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/\u{tb11-3/tb29vulis.pdf}} + + +\CHAPTER{Index} + +\erroronpage{983--1082}{index}{FMi}{2004/06/11}{} + I do not list changes to the index that are results of other errata + entries as they are too dificult to track. Instead I will put an + updated index on the web at + \url{http://www.latex-project.org/guides/tlc2-ap4.pdf} once in a while. + +\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/08}{2} + Editorial comment: the whole index has been reprinted. + +\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2005/09/08}{4} + Editorial comment: the whole index has been reprinted. + +\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/08}{2} + Add index entries into production notes, e.g., for example setup, + hanging punctuation, \ldots + +\erroronpage{983}{para 1, l.3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} + Remove surplus word: ``\ldots one of \u{the} the following'' + +\seriouserroronpage{983}{para -2}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + The text explains the meaning of bold and blue page numbers, + but fails to point out the significance of slanted (italic) + ones---there is none: blue italic indicates normal example blue bold + indicates example and also important info. + +\erroronpage{988,1009}{}{CKr}{2004/10/10}{4} + Replace: ``alphabetical document headings'' + \> ``alphabetically numbered document headings'' + +and + + ``document headings / alphabetical'' + \> + ``document headings / alphabetically numbered'' + +\erroronpage{990}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s} + Correct range: author-date citations / history of (699, 700) + +\erroronpage{992}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s} + Correct: ``B\u{\'e}zier'' + +\erroronpage{993}{}{SEg}{2005/04/26}{4} + bibliographies/authors/name,formatting shows 798--1092 but should be + just 798 + +\erroronpage{1000}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s} + Correct range: Citation systems / + author-date / + history of (699, 700) + +\erroronpage{1007}{}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2} + Add page entry for |\DeclareFontSubstitution| + back to 431 (para~2). + + +\erroronpage{1014}{secound col., l.8}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2} + missing index entry for ``eTeX, TeX extension'' + +\erroronpage{1017}{}{FHa}{2004/10/05}{4} + The index entry for "floats / placement control" lists pages 286-983 + for information. I think that is a bit too much. It should probably + end at page 291. + + +\erroronpage{1019}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s} + Correct range: fonts / + oblique (333) + +\erroronpage{1020}{}{CKr}{2005/01/09}{4} + Replace ``fonts / URW Antigua'' \> ``fonts / URW Anti\u{q}ua'' + +\erroronpage{1034}{first col.}{FMi}{2004/05/15}{2} + Add entry: ``lists / enumerated / user-defined, 151'' + +\erroronpage{1035}{}{THa}{2004/07/02}{2} + ``\textsf{makeindex}'' \> ``\textsl{MakeIndex}'' + +\erroronpage{1041}{}{FMi}{2004/08/02}{2} + ``\texttt{NACRO} \BibTeX{} command'' \> + ``\texttt{MACRO} \BibTeX{} command'' + +\erroronpage{1051}{secound col., l.14}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2} + missing index entries for ``pdftex'' on p.7 and p.643 + +\erroronpage{1069}{}{FMi}{2004/11/07}{4} + Replace: ``text symbols / setting-up'' \> + ``\u{math} symbols / setting-up'' + + +\erroronpage{1076}{}{CKr}{2005/01/09}{4} + Replace ``URW Antigua'' \> ``URW Anti\u{q}ua'' + + +\CHAPTER{People} + +\erroronpage{1080}{page}{FMi}{2004/07/26}{4} + Editorial comment: Needs manual breaking in index output file for + second and fourth printing. + +\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{FMi}{2004/06/22}{2} + Missing accents: ``Fernandez, Jose Alberto '' \> `Fern\'andez, Jos\'e Alberto'' + +\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2} + Change page number in entry: + ``Fukui, Rei, xxvii, 405, \u{969}'' \> ``\ldots, \u{968}'' + +\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{LMa}{2004/05/14}{2} + The name ``M\o ller Neergaard, Peter'' should be sorted as + ``Neergaard, Peter M\o ller''. + +\erroronpage{1081}{col 2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2} + Change page number in entry: + ``Hufflen, Jean-Michel, 761, \u{971}'' \> ``\ldots, \u{970}'' + +\erroronpage{1081}{}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2} + Add page entries for ``Kettler, Howard'' and ``Frutiger, Adrian'' + to ``People'' index back to 374. + +\erroronpage{1082}{}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2} + Add page entry for ``Smith, Ralph'' to ``People'' index back to 376. + + +\erroronpage{1082}{col 1, l.19 }{PPn}{2004/05/25}{2} + Replace ``Panday'' with ``Pandey'' (very sorry for the typo). + +\erroronpage{1082}{col 1}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2} + Replace ``Wing, Wai'' with ``Wong, Wai'' (very sorry for the typo). + +\erroronpage{1082}{col 1}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2} + Change page numbers in entry: + ``Mittelbach, Frank, \ldots, 976--\u{978, 980}, \ldots'' + \> ``\ldots, 976--\u{979}, \ldots'' + +\erroronpage{1082}{}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2} + Add page entry for ``Rahtz, Sebastian'' + back to 981 (bib-item [161]). + + + + + + +\CHAPTER{Biographies} + +\erroronpage{1084}{Goossens image}{THa}{2004/06/23}{2} + Spurious gray square in upper right corner of framed image of Michel + Goossens. + +\erroronpage{1085}{para 3, l.6}{MSc}{2004/05/19}{2} + Replace ``TeX'' with ``\TeX''. + + +\CHAPTER{Production Notes} + +\erroronpage{1089}{para 4, l.4}{FMi}{2004/07/21}{2} + Add: ``\ldots this typographical icing \u{(package + \textsf{pdfcprot})} was\ldots'' + +\erroronpage{1089}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2} + Missing period: \ldots files\u. It \ldots + +\erroronpage{1090}{para -3, l.-4}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2} + Change/add: ``paragraphs ending \u{with a} single word \u{line}'' + +\erroronpage{1091}{top}{WAd}{2004/05/08}{2} + The series title in the box does not use a real caps and small caps + font but a faked one (compare with the front cover where + the font \emph{Christiana} designed by Gudrun Zapf-von Hesse is used). + +\end{erratalist} + + +\setcounter{collectmore}{3} + +\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or + omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.] +\contributor{AFe}{Alfonso Fernandez Vazquez} +\contributor{AHo}{Antti Honkela} +\contributor{AMa}{Arni Magnusson} +\contributor{ARi}{Alan Ristow} +\contributor{BMo}{Brooks Moses} +\contributor{BeB}{Bernd Burghardt} +\contributor{CAR}{Chris A. Rowley} +\contributor{CBC}{Charles B. Cameron} +\contributor{CBa}{Cristian Battaglia} +\contributor{CBe}{Claudio Beccari} +\contributor{CKr}{Claudia Krysztofiak} +\contributor{DAl}{Daniel Alonso i Alemany} +\contributor{DAr}{Donald Arseneau} +\contributor{DCa}{David Carlisle} +\contributor{DHL}{Dan Luecking} +\contributor{DSch}{Dirk Schlimm} +\contributor{ERy}{Elizabeth Ryan} +\contributor{FHa}{Ferdy Hanssen} +\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach} +\contributor{GBa}{Gerhard Bachmaier} +\contributor{HOb}{Heiko Oberdiek} +\contributor{HPB}{Harold P. Boas} +\contributor{HVo}{Herbert Voss} +\contributor{HjG}{Hubert G\"a\ss lein} +\contributor{J-CCh}{Jean-C\^ome Charpentier} +\contributor{JAn}{Jacques Andr\'e} +\contributor{JBez}{Javier Bezos} +\contributor{JBe}{Jens Berger} +\contributor{JBr}{Johannes Braams} +\contributor{JCh}{Joel Chan} +\contributor{JGr}{Jose Grimm} +\contributor{JJN}{Jarmo Niemel\"a} +\contributor{JLV}{Juan Luis Varona} +\contributor{JMH}{Jean-Michel Hufflen} +\contributor{JS}{Joachim Schrod} +\contributor{JTa}{Juhani Takkinen} +\contributor{LMa}{Lars Madsen} +\contributor{LSchu}{Lothar Schumacher} +\contributor{MBr}{Marion Braams} +\contributor{MGo}{Michel Goossens} +\contributor{MHCL}{Martin Hiu Chung Law} +\contributor{MHe}{Martin Hensel} +\contributor{MHo}{Morten H\o gholm} +\contributor{MKo}{Markus Kohm} +\contributor{MKu}{Markus Kuhn} +\contributor{MLa}{Mark Laplante} +\contributor{MSc}{Martin Schr\"oder} +\contributor{MSch}{Michael Schutte} +\contributor{NBe}{Nelson Beebe} +\contributor{PPN}{P.P. Narayanaswami} +\contributor{PYu}{Peng Yu} +\contributor{RKo}{Reinhard Kotucha} +\contributor{RPa}{Reimo Palm} +\contributor{RSt}{Ralf Stubner} +\contributor{RWa}{Richard Walker} +\contributor{ReSt}{Rebecca Stiels} +\contributor{SCo}{Steven Douglas Cochran} +\contributor{SEg}{Stephen Eglen} +\contributor{THa}{Thorsten Hansen} +\contributor{TMW}{Thomas Widmann} +\contributor{TMi}{Tom Micevski} +\contributor{TSS}{Tommi Syrj\"anen} +\contributor{UFi}{Ulrike Fischer} +\contributor{UZi}{Uwe Ziegenhagen} +\contributor{V-Li}{Christian Faulhammer} +\contributor{VPe}{Vivi Petersen} +\contributor{WAd}{William Adams} +\contributor{WaS}{Walter Schmidt} +\contributor{YvH}{Yvon Henel} +\contributor{hajk}{Henk Koster} +\contributor{usw}{Ulrich Dirr} +\end{multicols} + + +Other people have sent us corrections for errors already found. +Thanks to all of you! + +If you find further errors please report them to one of the authors, e.g., +\begin{quote}\ttfamily + frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org +\end{quote} +preferably in a form usable directly in this file, i.e., +\begin{flushleft} +|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|% + \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\ + \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the erratum} +\end{flushleft} +Here is an example: +\begin{verbatim} +\erroronpage{5}{para 3, l.1}{MOs}{1997/06/01}{} + ``LaTeX'' should be typeset ``\LaTeX''. +\end{verbatim} + +\end{document} + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcomp.err b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcomp.err new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..64c885df7c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcomp.err @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +\newcommand\erratafiledate{1999/06/05} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through +% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and +% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify +% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata +% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the +% .cfg file. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\begin{filecontents}{errata.cls} +% Copyright (C) 1997, Frank Mittelbach + +\ProvidesClass{errata} + [1997/12/31 v0.6b Mini class for errata files subject to change (FMi)] + +\LoadClass{article} + +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1} +\addtolength\textwidth{5cm} +\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm} + +\addtolength\textheight{36pt} + +\RequirePackage{shortvrb} +\MakeShortVerb{\|} + +\RequirePackage{array,longtable} +\RequirePackage{multicol} + + +\newcommand\erratagetnumber{} +\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3} + + +\newcommand\gobbleerrata{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup + \let\endgobble\egroup + \let\hideamp\relax + \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par} + +\newcommand*\hideamp{&} + +\let\endgobble\relax + + +\newcommand\erratastartdate{} +\newcommand\myprinting{} + + +\newcommand\doweprint[2]{% + \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else#2 \fi + \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber < + \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax + \@tempswatrue + \else + \@tempswafalse + \fi + \else + \@tempswafalse + \fi +} + + + +\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate} +\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and} + +\newcommand\showallerrors{% + \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}% + \renewcommand\printedentries{up to} + \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}} + + +\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{% + \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi} + +\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{% + \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}} + +\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg} + { + \input{\jobname.cfg} + \typeout{***************************************************} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found } + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing} + \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision} + \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date} + \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* Current settings are:} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting} + \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{***************************************************} + } + {} + +%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision> + +\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{% + \endgobble + \doweprint{#4}{#5}% + \if@tempswa + \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \else + \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \expandafter\gobbleerrata + \fi + \hideamp \\% + \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} + \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp +} + +\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble + &\\[4pt]% + \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\} + +\newenvironment{erratalist} + {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}} + {\endgobble\end{longtable}} + +\newcommand\erratatitle[2] + {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries + Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt] + \large Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2 + \end{center}% + \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}% + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \vspace{20pt}} + +\pagestyle{myheadings} + +\AtBeginDocument{\small} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{2pt} + +\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par} + +% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands: + +\let\u\underline +\renewcommand\>{$\to$} + +\end{filecontents} + + +\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg} +% +% +% Configuration file for the errata listing of +% +% The LaTeX Web Companion +% +% +% \erratastartdate +% +% Specifies the date from which on +% errata entries should be listed. +% +% The format is YYYY/MM/DD. +% +% The default below ensures that all +% entries are typeset. +% +\renewcommand\erratastartdate{1999/05/01} + +% +% \myprinting +% +% Specifies which (revised) printing you +% own. For example, if you have the second +% printing set this to 2 so that errors +% already corrected in that printing will not +% appear in your errata listing. +% +% The default below ensures that all +% entries are typeset. +% +\renewcommand\myprinting{1} +% +% +% \norevisionnumbers +% +% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same +% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed +% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in +% italic and add the revision number as a superscript. +% +% +% \showallerrors +% +% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are +% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and +% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by +% default. +% +% +\endinput +\end{filecontents} + + + +\documentclass{errata} + + +\begin{document} + +\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Web Companion}{\erratafiledate} + + +\begin{verbatim} +@book(A-W:GR99, + author = {Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz}, + title = {The {\LaTeX} Web Companion}, + substitle = {Integrating {\TeX}, HTML, and XML}, + series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + address = {Reading, Massachusetts}, + year = 1999, + ISBN = "0-201-43311-7", + LCCN = "QA76.76.H94G66 1999", + pagenums = {xxii + 522}, + source-infos = {yes}, + bibliography = {yes}, + index = {yes}, + price = "US\$39.95", + note = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert S. + Sutor.", +) +\end{verbatim} + +\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{5cm}} +\item[] +The latest version of this file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found +as part of the \LaTeX{} distribution. + +The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata +entry. Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed +revision in which this entry was corrected. The second column gives +the precise location, negative line numbers are counted from the +bottom of the page. The third column shows the first finder of the +problem. + +\end{list} + + +\begin{erratalist} + +%======================================================================= +\CHAPTER{Chapter 6} + +\erroronpage{247}{3 para l.5}{MGo}{1999/06/05}{} + GenCod \> GenCode + +\CHAPTER{Appendix B} + +\erroronpage{418}{3 para}{MGo}{1999/06/05}{} + The \texttt{book} element types (lines 10--\u{15}) + +\end{erratalist} + + + +%========================================================================== + +\bigskip + + +\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or + omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.] +\contributor{MGo}{Michel Goossens} +\end{multicols} + + +If you find further errors please report them to one of the authors +\begin{quote}\ttfamily + sebastian.rahtz@oucs.ox.ac.uk\\ + goossens@cern.ch +\end{quote} +preferable in a form usable for this file, i.e., +\begin{flushleft} +|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|% + \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\ + \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the errata} +\end{flushleft} +Here is an example: +\begin{verbatim} +\erroronpage{4}{l.-7}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{} + surprisingly \> surprising +\end{verbatim} + + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcompg.err b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcompg.err new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..58220dd7bdc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/webcompg.err @@ -0,0 +1,392 @@ +\newcommand\erratafiledate{2000/07/30} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through +% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and +% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify +% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata +% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the +% .cfg file. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\begin{filecontents}{errata.cls} +% Copyright (C) 1997, Frank Mittelbach + +\ProvidesClass{errata} + [1997/12/31 v0.6b Mini class for errata files subject to change (FMi)] + +\LoadClass{article} + +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1} +\addtolength\textwidth{5cm} +\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm} + +\addtolength\textheight{36pt} + +\RequirePackage{shortvrb} +\MakeShortVerb{\|} + +\RequirePackage{array,longtable} +\RequirePackage{multicol} + + +\newcommand\erratagetnumber{} +\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3} + + +\newcommand\gobbleerrata{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup + \let\endgobble\egroup + \let\hideamp\relax + \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par} + +\newcommand*\hideamp{&} + +\let\endgobble\relax + + +\newcommand\erratastartdate{} +\newcommand\myprinting{} + + +\newcommand\doweprint[2]{% + \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else#2 \fi + \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber < + \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax + \@tempswatrue + \else + \@tempswafalse + \fi + \else + \@tempswafalse + \fi +} + + + +\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate} +\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and} + +\newcommand\showallerrors{% + \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}% + \renewcommand\printedentries{up to} + \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}} + + +\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{% + \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi} + +\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{% + \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}} + +\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg} + { + \input{\jobname.cfg} + \typeout{***************************************************} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found } + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing} + \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision} + \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date} + \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* Current settings are:} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting} + \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries} + \typeout{*} + \typeout{***************************************************} + } + {} + +%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision> + +\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{% + \endgobble + \doweprint{#4}{#5}% + \if@tempswa + \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \else + \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}% + \expandafter\gobbleerrata + \fi + \hideamp \\% + \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5} + \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp +} + +\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble + &\\[4pt]% + \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\} + +\newenvironment{erratalist} + {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}} + {\endgobble\end{longtable}} + +\newcommand\erratatitle[2] + {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries + Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt] + \large Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2 + \end{center}% + \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}% + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \vspace{20pt}} + +\pagestyle{myheadings} + +\AtBeginDocument{\small} + +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{2pt} + +\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par} + +% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands: + +\let\u\underline +\renewcommand\>{$\to$} + +\end{filecontents} + + +\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg} +% +% +% Configuration file for the errata listing of +% +% Mit LaTeX ins Web +% +% +% \erratastartdate +% +% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed. +% +% The format is YYYY/MM/DD. +% +% The default below ensures that all entries are typeset. +% + +\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2000/05/01} + + +% +% \myprinting +% +% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. Currently there is +% only the first printing. +% +% + +\renewcommand\myprinting{1} + +% +% \norevisionnumbers +% +% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same +% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed +% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in +% italic and add the revision number as a superscript. Since the +% Handbuch no revision we turn this feature off. + +\norevisionnumbers + +% +% \showallerrors +% +% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are +% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and +% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by +% default. +% +% +\endinput +\end{filecontents} + +\providecommand{\BibTeX}{% + B\kern-.05em{\scshape i\kern-.025emb}\kern-.08em\TeX} +\providecommand{\MakeIndex}{\textit{MakeIndex}} + +\documentclass[ngerman,a4paper]{errata} +\usepackage{ngerman} + +\begin{document} + +\erratatitle{Mit \LaTeX{} ins Web}{\erratafiledate} + + +\begin{verbatim} +@book{A-W:GoossensRahtz2000, + author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz", + title = "Mit \LaTeX{} ins Web", + publisher = Addison-Wesley, + address = {M"unchen: Boston: San Francisco}, + year = 2000, + pagenums = {577 + 26}, + bibliography = {yes}, + index = {yes}, + isbn = {3-8273-1629-4} + } +\end{verbatim} + + +\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{5cm}} +\item[] +Die jeweils letzte Version dieser Datei (\texttt{\jobname.err}) ist Teil der +\LaTeX-Verteilung. + +Die erste Spalte der Tabelle enth"alt die Seitenzahl des Fehlereintrags. +Die zweite Spalte gibt den genauen Ort an; negative Zeilennummern sind vom +Seitenende gerechnet. +In der dritten Spalte steht der Entdecker des Fehlers. +\end{list} + +\begin{erratalist} + +\CHAPTER{Vorwort} + +\erroronpage{xvii}{Aufz"ahlung, erster Punkt}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Adobe Acrobat-Format \> Adobe-Acrobat-Format + +\erroronpage{xix}{erster Absatz, vorletzte Zeile}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + das ein oder andere \> das eine oder andere + +\erroronpage{xxiii}{zweite Zeile}{MSc}{2000/05/09}{} + \texttt{webcomp.err} \> \texttt{webcompg.err} + +\CHAPTER{Zur deutschen Ausgabe} + +\erroronpage{xxv}{zweiter Absatz, neunte Zeile}{FMi}{2000/07/27}{} + Latex-Begleiter \> \LaTeX-Begleiter + +\CHAPTER{Das Web, seine Dokumente und \LaTeX} + +\erroronpage{9}{Vierter Absatz, letzte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{} + mithIlfe \> mithilfe + +\erroronpage{10}{letzte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{} + mithIlfe \> mithilfe + +\erroronpage{13}{zweiter Absatz, f"unfte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{} + mithIlfe \> mithilfe + +\erroronpage{13}{zweiter Absatz, siebte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{} + mithIlfe \> mithilfe + +\erroronpage{16}{zweiter Absatz, vierte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{} + mithIlfe \> mithilfe + +\erroronpage{18}{dritter Absatz, vorletzte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{} + MithIlfe \> Mithilfe + +\erroronpage{18}{vorletzte und letzte Zeile}{CBe}{2000/06/08}{} + mithIlfe \> mithilfe + +\erroronpage{19}{Abbildung 1.6}{MSc}{2000/05/09}{} + "Ubersetzung fehlt + +\CHAPTER{Portable Document Format} + +\CHAPTER{Der \LaTeX2HTML-"Ubersetzer} + +\CHAPTER{Konvertierung von \LaTeX{} in HTML mit \TeX4ht} + +\CHAPTER{Direkte Darstellung von \LaTeX{} im Web} + +\erroronpage{220}{zweiter Absatz, vorletzte und letzte Zeile}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + \TeX{} und \LaTeX-Markup."< \> \TeX- und \LaTeX-Markups."< + +\CHAPTER{HTML, SGML und XML: Drei Auszeichnungssprachen} + +\erroronpage{276}{Punkt 7}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + XML solle schnell \> XML sollte schnell + +\CHAPTER{CSS, DSSSL und XSL: Schreiben mit Stil} + +\erroronpage{368}{Abbildung 7.10}{MSc}{2000/05/09}{} + N"achter Freitag \> N"achster Freitag + +\CHAPTER{MathML -- intelligentes Formel-Markup} + +\CHAPTER{Beispieldateien} + +\CHAPTER{Technische Anh"ange} + +\CHAPTER{Fragen der Internationalisierung} + +\erroronpage{514}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.1}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Table \> Tabelle + +\erroronpage{515}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.1}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Table \> Tabelle + +\erroronpage{516}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.1}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Table \> Tabelle + +\erroronpage{517}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.1}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Table \> Tabelle + +\erroronpage{518}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.1}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Table \> Tabelle + +\erroronpage{518}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.2}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Table \> Tabelle + +\erroronpage{519}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.2}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Table \> Tabelle + +\erroronpage{520}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.2}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Table \> Tabelle + +\erroronpage{521}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.2}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Table \> Tabelle + +\erroronpage{521}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.3}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Table \> Tabelle + +\erroronpage{522}{Tabellen\-"uber\-schrift~C.3}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Table \> Tabelle + +\erroronpage{526}{letzte Zeile der Abbildung}{MSc}{2000/06/15}{} + Multilinguale \> Mehrsprachige + +\CHAPTER{Glossar} + +\CHAPTER{URL-Verzeichnis} + +\CHAPTER{Literaturverzeichnis} + +\CHAPTER{Index} + +\end{erratalist} + + +\begin{multicols}{3}[Dank an alle, die Fehler oder Auslassungen + gefunden haben. Aufgef"uhrt sind die Entdecker der Fehler.] +\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach} +\contributor{MSc}{Martin Schr"oder} +\contributor{Cbe}{Claas Beckmann} +\end{multicols} + +Viele andere haben mir Korrekturen f"ur schon bekannte Fehler +geschickt. Vielen Dank an euch alle! + +Wenn Sie noch mehr Fehler finden, schicken Sie bitte eine Notiz an +\begin{quote}\ttfamily + webcompg@oneiros.de +\end{quote} +am besten in einer Form, die in diese Datei eingebaut werden kann, +d.\,h. +\begin{flushleft} +|\erroronpage{|\textit{Seitenzahl-Nummer}|}{|\textit{Zeile-Position}|}{|% + \textit{Ihr-K"urzel}|}{|\textit{Datum}|}{}| \\ + \hspace*{2em}\textit{Beschreibung des Druckfehlers} +\end{flushleft} +Ein Beispiel: +\begin{verbatim} +\erroronpage{xxv}{zweiter Absatz, neunte Zeile}{FMi}{2000/07/27}{} + Latex-Begleiter \> \LaTeX-Begleiter +\end{verbatim} + +\end{document} |